Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration No. 333-150007
14,000,000 Shares
Energy Recovery, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are
selling 8,078,566 shares of common stock, and the selling
stockholders named in this prospectus are selling
5,921,434 shares of common stock. We will not receive any
proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling
stockholders. Prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. The initial public offering price
of our common stock is $8.50 per share. Our common stock has
been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market under the
symbol ERII.
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase a maximum
of 2,100,000 additional shares to cover over-allotments
of shares.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Price to Public
|
|
$
|
8.500
|
|
|
$
|
119,000,000
|
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
|
|
$
|
0.595
|
|
|
$
|
8,330,000
|
|
Proceeds to ERI (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
7.905
|
|
|
$
|
63,861,064
|
|
Proceeds to Selling Stockholders (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
7.905
|
|
|
$
|
46,808,936
|
|
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on
or about July 8, 2008.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
HSBC |
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC |
SEB Enskilda |
The date of this prospectus is July 1,
2008
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
document or to which we have referred you. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with information that is
different. This document may only be used where it is legal to
sell these securities. The information in this document may only
be accurate on the date of this document.
Corporate
Information
We incorporated in Virginia in April 1992 and reincorporated in
Delaware in March 2001. Our principal executive offices are
located at 1908 Doolittle Drive, San Leandro, California
94577. Our telephone number is
(510) 483-7370.
Our website address is www.energyrecovery.com. Information
contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into
this prospectus, and you should not consider information
contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.
ERI, the ERI logo, Making Desalination
Affordable, PX Pressure Exchanger,
PX and other trademarks or service marks of ERI
appearing in this prospectus are the property of ERI. This
prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and
service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or
display of other companies trade names, trademarks or
service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or
sponsorship of us by, these other companies.
Industry
and Market Data
This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts
that we obtained from internal research, publicly available
information and industry publications and surveys. Industry
publications and surveys generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable. Unless otherwise noted, statements as to our market
position relative to our competitors are approximated and based
on the above-mentioned third-party data and internal analysis
and estimates as of the date of this prospectus. Although we
believe the industry and market data and statements as to market
position to be reliable as of the date of this prospectus, we
have not independently verified this information and it could
prove inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong
because of the method by which sources obtained their data and
because information cannot always be verified with certainty due
to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data,
the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other
limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all
of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or
growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from sources
cited herein.
Dealer
Prospectus Delivery Obligation
Until July 26, 2008 all dealers that effect transactions in
these securities, whether or not participating in this offering,
may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to
the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting
as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should read the following summary together
with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus,
including our consolidated financial statements and the related
notes, and our risk factors beginning on page 7, before
deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless
the context otherwise requires, the terms ERI,
the Company, we, us and
our in this prospectus refer to Energy Recovery,
Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Our
Business
We are a leading global developer and manufacturer of highly
efficient energy recovery devices utilized in the rapidly
growing water desalination industry. We operate primarily in the
sea water reverse osmosis, or SWRO, segment of the industry. In
the SWRO process, high pressure is used to drive sea water
through filtering membranes to produce fresh water. Energy
recovery devices have increased the cost-competitiveness of SWRO
desalination compared to other means of fresh water supply and
have enabled the ongoing rapid growth of the SWRO segment of the
desalination industry worldwide. Our primary product, the PX
Pressure Exchanger, or PX, helps optimize the energy intensive
SWRO process by recapturing and recycling up to 98% of the
energy in the high pressure reject stream, thereby reducing SWRO
energy consumption by an estimated 60% as compared to the same
process without any energy recovery devices.
We believe that the proven benefits of our proprietary
technology have made us a leader in the SWRO energy recovery
market due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
up to 98% energy recovery efficiency;
|
|
|
|
proprietary design employing only one moving part;
|
|
|
|
corrosion resistant, highly durable ceramic composition;
|
|
|
|
smaller footprint, modular design and system redundancy;
and
|
|
|
|
lower life cycle cost versus competitors.
|
The PX device uses a corrosion resistant ceramic rotor to
recapture and recycle the energy that otherwise would have been
lost in the reject stream of the SWRO process and applies it to
the low pressure incoming sea water. The PX device has been
installed in over 300 desalination plants and specified in plant
designs by over 60 original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs,
and engineering, procurement and construction, or EPC, firms
worldwide. We estimate that PX devices shipped as of
December 31, 2007 reduce electricity consumption in SWRO
desalination plants in the aggregate by approximately
300 megawatts relative to comparable plants with no energy
recovery devices. Assuming a rate of $0.08 per kilowatt-hour,
the deployment of PX devices in these plants would result in
annual electricity cost savings of approximately
$210 million in the aggregate, which would equate to a
reduction in carbon dioxide emissions of approximately
1.5 million tons per year.
As of March 31, 2008, we had shipped over 4,000 PX devices
to desalination plants worldwide, including in China, Europe,
India, Australia, Africa, the Middle East, North America and the
Caribbean. Our annual net revenue grew from $4.0 million in
2003 to $35.4 million in 2007. For the three months ended
March 31, 2008, our net revenue was $9.1 million.
1
We design, manufacture and sell various models of the PX device
to serve a range of SWRO process flow rates for various plant
designs and sizes. With respect to large desalination plants
(greater than 50,000 cubic meters, or 13.2 million gallons,
per day capacity), we sell our products to international EPCs,
and with respect to smaller desalination facilities (fewer than
50,000 cubic meters per day capacity) we sell our products to
OEMs for installation in hotels, power plants and municipal
facilities. Our successful market penetration has resulted in a
rapidly increasing installed base of PX devices globally, which
we expect to lead to aftermarket part replacement and service
opportunities. We also manufacture a line of booster pumps for
use in conjunction with some models of the PX device.
Our research, development and manufacturing facility is located
in the San Francisco Bay technology corridor, and we have
direct sales offices and technical support centers in many key
desalination markets, including Madrid, Dubai, Shanghai and
Fort Lauderdale.
Industry
Opportunity
The demand for fresh water continues to grow, driven by the need
for drinking water to satisfy the worlds growing
population, changing weather patterns, an increasing need for
water for agriculture and industry and the concentration of
populations in urban areas that lack sufficient fresh water
resources. The United Nations Population Fund expects the global
consumption of water to double every 20 years. A study
conducted by the International Water Management Institute
projects that by 2025, 33% of the population of the developing
world will face severe water shortages. The uneven geographic
distribution of fresh water supplies compounds this problem.
The two basic processes used to desalinate sea water are
thermal, or distillation, and more recently, SWRO. The most
significant operating cost component for either process is
energy consumption. Thermal desalination technology is highly
energy inefficient and is mainly used in the Middle East where
energy costs are low. Until approximately 15 years ago SWRO
was also energy inefficient, in part because of the loss of
energy associated with the high-pressure reject stream. Today,
however, the energy cost of the SWRO process is 50% less than
that of the traditional thermal desalination process due to the
incorporation of energy recovery devices, including our PX
device, and improved membranes.
The significant reduction in operating costs related to energy
has made the SWRO desalination industry in which we compete the
fastest growing segment of the desalination industry. According
to Global Water Intelligence, or GWI, due to the use of SWRO
technology, the cost of producing a cubic meter of fresh water
from sea water, which averaged approximately $10 per cubic
meter in the mid-1960s, had dropped to as low as $0.46 per
cubic meter by 2005. As a result, the share of total new
contracted sea water desalination capacity using SWRO has
increased from 42% in 1999 to approximately 71% in 2006.
Desalination has become an economically attractive alternative
in many coastal regions or other locations near a salt water
source where fresh water sources are becoming increasingly
stressed. According to the February/March 2008 issue of
International Desalination & Water Reuse Quarterly,
there are approximately 14,000 desalination plants worldwide.
GWI estimates that as of December 31, 2005, there were
39.9 million cubic meters per day of installed capacity,
and that the growth in the market for new total desalination
capacity should increase by approximately 13% per year from 2005
to 2015. We expect SWROs share of new total desalination
capacity to grow in excess of the overall industry growth rate,
particularly due to higher energy costs experienced over the
past few years.
We are active in the fastest growing markets for desalination,
which include China, Algeria, Australia and India. According to
GWI projections, these markets are expected to grow at least 20%
per year from 2005 to 2015. Other significant markets include
the Middle East, North America, the Caribbean and Europe.
Additionally, our PX device is currently specified in the pilot
test facility for the proposed Carlsbad, California plant,
which, if constructed, is expected to be the largest SWRO plant
then operating in the United States. We understand that the
proposed Carlsbad, California desalination plant is in the final
stages of its permit procurement process and construction is
expected to begin once all permits have been obtained.
Our
Strengths
|
|
|
Unique and efficient product. We manufacture
the only commercially available rotary isobaric energy recovery
device, which we believe is more effective at recovering and
recycling energy than any other commercially available energy
recovery device. The PX device incorporates highly-engineered
corrosion resistant ceramic parts that require minimal
maintenance, and a modular design that allows for system
redundancy resulting in minimal plant shutdowns. Our rotary
device has only one moving part and a continuous flow design,
which complements the continuous flow of the SWRO process. We
believe these unique benefits lead to lower life cycle costs
than competing products.
|
2
|
|
|
Leading position in a rapidly growing
industry. The combination of decreasing fresh water
supplies, increasing fresh water demand and declining SWRO
desalination costs is driving growth in the SWRO desalination
industry. SWRO is the fastest growing segment of the
desalination market, and we believe we are the largest global
supplier of energy recovery devices for SWRO plants exceeding a
capacity of 15,000 cubic meters per day. For example, in the
last five years we believe that our PX product was selected for
a significant majority of new SWRO plants commissioned in China,
one of the fastest growing desalination markets.
|
|
|
Rapid growth. Our net revenue increased from
$4.0 million in 2003 to $35.4 million in 2007,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 72%, driven by the
rapid growth of the SWRO desalination industry and our increased
penetration of this market. Our sales growth has enabled us to
leverage our existing manufacturing cost base in order to
achieve cost synergies and improved utilization, and to develop
new products to provide additional cost and performance
advantages.
|
|
|
High barriers to entry. Historically, there
has been a slow adoption rate for new technologies in the
desalination industry. We have spent the last 11 years
penetrating the market and establishing our company and products
with major industry participants. We also have U.S. and
international patents covering specific design features of the
PX device, and have developed significant know-how related to
ceramic processing methods essential to the manufacturing,
reliability and performance of the PX device.
|
|
|
Diversified international blue chip customer
base. Currently, most of our revenue is generated
by sales to large EPCs. Three EPC customers accounted for 56% of
our net revenue in 2007 and one customer accounted for 49% of
our net revenue in the first quarter of 2008. As of
March 31, 2008, our products had been specified in plant
designs by over 60 OEMs and EPCs worldwide and have sold PX
devices to approximately 250 other customers, including small
and mid-tier OEMs, hotel operators, power plants and
municipalities.
|
|
|
Strong, experienced management team. Our
senior management team has significant industry experience in
the design, construction and operation of SWRO desalination
plants and the filtration industry. Our chief executive officer,
G.G. Pique, joined us in 2000 after serving for seven years as
the group vice president Latin America of US Filter Corporation
(subsequently acquired by Vivendi) and has over 30 years of
experience in the water treatment industry.
|
Our
Strategy
|
|
|
Increase market penetration. We actively work
with EPCs and OEMs to specify the PX device in the designs of
their SWRO desalination plants. To further our market
penetration, we are also expanding our existing sales channels
through new strategic hires and by increasing our product
offerings, and are continuing to increase the awareness of our
technology through technical papers, trade shows, industry
publications and trade association memberships.
|
|
|
Continue to broaden our product portfolio. We
are developing new products that we expect will continue to grow
our market share and meet the increasing demands of our clients.
As the SWRO market moves towards increasingly larger
desalination plants, we are developing products such as the
PX-1200 Titan, which are designed to address these larger volume
plants. For customers who are more sensitive to up-front costs
and who operate smaller plants, we are developing the Comp PX.
We also intend to expand our product portfolio to include
additional circulation/booster pumps and a bundled, turnkey
energy recovery system solution that would include both a PX
device and pump.
|
|
|
Increase our aftermarket sales. Over time,
components of our PX device will need to be repaired or
replaced. Thus, as our installed base of PX devices ages and the
number of installed units increases, we expect aftermarket sales
of replacement PX parts and services to increase.
|
|
|
Capitalize on growth opportunities in alternative power
and other emerging sectors. We are diversifying our
energy recovery offerings to capitalize on growth opportunities
in emerging sectors. For example, osmotic power generation will
utilize a process similar to that of SWRO and is a clean,
alternate source of power currently under development. We are
currently in discussions with a European utility company that is
designing an osmotic power pilot test facility that may use our
PX technology. In addition, our PX device could potentially be
applied in any process that has a high-pressure waste stream.
|
Risk
Factors
You should carefully consider the risks described under
Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus. These
risks could materially and adversely impact our business,
financial condition, operating results and cash flow, which
could cause
3
the trading price of our common stock to decline and could
result in a partial or total loss of your investment. Some of
these risks include:
|
|
|
Our reliance on the sale of our PX devices for almost all of our
revenue;
|
|
|
Delays or postponements in the construction of desalination
plants;
|
|
|
Fluctuations in demand, adoption, sales cycles and pricing
levels for our products and services;
|
|
|
Changes in customers budgets for desalination plants and
the timing of their purchasing decisions; and
|
|
|
Our ability to develop and introduce in a timely manner new
products and product enhancements that meet customer demand and
requirements.
|
4
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by ERI |
|
8,078,566 shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
5,921,434 shares |
|
|
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
|
47,917,474 shares |
|
Use of proceeds by us |
|
We intend to use the net proceeds to us of $60.5 million
from this offering for working capital and other general
corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net
proceeds to acquire other businesses, products or technologies.
However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any
specific acquisitions at this time. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should read the Risk Factors section of this
prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider
carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common
stock. |
|
NASDAQ Global Market symbol |
|
ERII |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on 39,838,908 shares of our common
stock outstanding as of March 31, 2008, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
1,333,308 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2008, at a
weighted average exercise price of $2.54 per share;
|
|
|
|
2,074,122 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2008, at a
weighted average exercise price of $0.52 per share;
|
|
|
|
4,167 shares of common stock that have been exercised
pursuant to options but not yet vested as of March 31, 2008;
|
|
|
|
5,625 shares of common stock reserved as of
March 31, 2008 for future grant under our 2002 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan;
|
|
|
|
8,709 shares of common stock reserved as of
March 31, 2008 for future grant under our 2004 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan;
|
|
|
|
37,567 shares of common stock reserved as of
March 31, 2008 for future grant under our 2006 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan; and
|
|
|
|
1,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for future
issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan which will become
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of this
offering, of which 910,000 shares have been approved for
issuance at an exercise price equal to the initial public
offering price upon the effectiveness of this offering.
|
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the filing of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to
purchase additional shares.
|
5
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize the consolidated financial data
for our business. You should read this summary consolidated
financial data in conjunction with the sections titled
Selected Consolidated Financial Data and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere
in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section
is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements
and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial
statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The
summary consolidated statements of operations data for each of
the three years in the periods ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005 is derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for
the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the
consolidated balance sheet data at March 31, 2008 are
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated
financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments that management considers necessary for the fair
presentation of the financial information set forth in those
statements. Our historical results are not necessarily
indicative of the results that should be expected in the future
and results for the three months ended March 31, 2008 are
not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the
full year. The amounts below are in thousands, except per share
data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2006(1)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
9,120
|
|
|
$
|
7,139
|
|
|
$
|
35,414
|
|
|
$
|
20,058
|
|
|
$
|
10,689
|
|
Cost of revenue(2)
|
|
|
3,674
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
|
|
14,852
|
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
4,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,446
|
|
|
|
4,285
|
|
|
|
20,562
|
|
|
|
11,927
|
|
|
|
6,004
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(2)
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
5,230
|
|
|
|
3,648
|
|
|
|
1,779
|
|
General and administrative(2)
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
|
4,299
|
|
|
|
3,372
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
Research and development(2)
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
1,267
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
4,513
|
|
|
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
11,234
|
|
|
|
8,287
|
|
|
|
4,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
9,328
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,559
|
|
|
|
1,929
|
|
|
|
9,740
|
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
1,239
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
5,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
$
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per sharebasic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Earnings per sharediluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
39,804
|
|
|
|
38,271
|
|
|
|
39,060
|
|
|
|
38,018
|
|
|
|
36,790
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
42,196
|
|
|
|
40,508
|
|
|
|
41,433
|
|
|
|
40,244
|
|
|
|
38,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted(3)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited, in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,901
|
|
|
$
|
62,958
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
32,314
|
|
|
|
91,533
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
|
568
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
10,556
|
|
|
|
9,276
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
21,758
|
|
|
|
82,257
|
|
6
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS 123(R), using the prospective
transition method, which requires the application of the
provisions of SFAS 123(R) only to share-based payment
awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after
the modification date. Under this method, we recognize
stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards granted after December 31, 2005 in accordance with
SFAS 123(R). |
|
(2) |
|
Includes employee and non-employee stock-based compensation as
follows (in thousands): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
|
$
|
88
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
221
|
|
|
$
|
237
|
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
|
$
|
1,064
|
|
|
$
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
As adjusted to reflect the issuance of 8,078,566 shares of
common stock in this offering at the initial public offering
price of $8.50 per share. As adjusted, cash and cash
equivalents reflect our estimated net cash proceeds from this
offering of approximately $60.5 million, and reflect the
addition of $558,000 to account for a portion of our initial
public offering expenses which were paid by us during the three
months ended March 31, 2008. |
7
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties
described below before making a decision to buy our common
stock. If any of the following risks materializes, our business,
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
Consequently, the trading price of our common stock could
decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Before
deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock, you should
also refer to the other information contained in this
prospectus, including Forward-Looking Statements and
our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.
Risks
Related to Our Business and Industry
We
have relied and expect to continue to rely on sales of our PX
devices for almost all of our revenue and a decline in sales of
these products will cause our revenue to decline.
Our primary product is the PX device, and sales of our PX device
historically have accounted for almost 100% of our revenue.
While we sell a variety of models of the PX device depending on
the design of the desalination plant and its desired output, all
of our models rely on the same basic technology we have
developed over the past 11 years. We expect that the
revenue from our PX devices will continue to account for most of
our revenue for the foreseeable future. Any factors adversely
affecting the demand for the PX device, including competition,
customer spending and industry regulations, would cause a
significant decline in our revenue. Some of the factors that may
affect sales of our PX device may be out of our control.
We
depend on the construction of new desalination plants for
revenue, and as a result, our operating results have
experienced, and may continue to experience, significant
variability due to volatility in capital spending and other
factors affecting the water desalination industry.
The demand for our products may decrease if the construction of
desalination plants declines. We derive substantially all of our
revenue from the sale of products and services, directly or
indirectly, to the municipal water supply, hotel and resort, and
agricultural industries. Construction of desalination plants and
subsequent installation of our products may be deferred or
cancelled as a result of many factors, including changing
governmental regulations, energy costs and reduced energy
conservation capital spending. For instance, desalination
projects on islands are often delayed due to unpredictable
weather patterns. In addition, a significant amount of revenue
generated by our original equipment manufacturer, or OEM,
customers is dependent on long-term relationships, which are not
always supported by long-term contracts. This revenue is
particularly susceptible to variability based on changes in the
spending patterns of such OEM customers. We have experienced and
may in the future experience significant variability in our
revenue, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of
these factors. Pronounced variability or an extended period of
reduction in spending by our customers and construction of
desalination plants could negatively impact our business and
make it difficult for us to accurately forecast our future
sales, which could lead to increased spending by us that is not
matched with equivalent or higher revenue.
New
planned sea water reverse osmosis, or SWRO, projects can be
cancelled
and/or
delayed, and cancellations
and/or
delays may negatively impact our revenue.
Due to delays in, or failure to obtain the approval of or
permitting for, plant construction because of political factors,
adverse financing conditions or other factors, especially in
countries with political unrest, planned SWRO projects can be
cancelled or delayed. Even though we may have a signed contract
to produce a certain number of PX devices by a certain date, if
a customer requests a delay of shipment and we accordingly delay
shipment of our PX devices, our results of operations and
revenue will be negatively impacted.
We
rely on a limited number of engineering, procurement and
construction, or EPC, customers for a large portion of our
revenue. If our EPC customers cancel their commitments or do not
purchase our products in connection with future projects, our
revenue could significantly decrease, which would adversely
affect our financial condition and future growth.
A limited number of our EPC customers accounts for a substantial
portion of our net revenue. One EPC customer accounted for
approximately 49% of our net revenue and two EPC customers
accounted for approximately 48% of our net revenue for the three
months ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007,
respectively. Specifically, Geida and its affiliated entities,
accounted for approximately 49% of our net revenue for the three
months ended March 31, 2008 and Inima Servicios and Geida
and its affiliated entities accounted for approximately 26% and
22% of our net revenue, respectively, for the three months ended
March 31, 2007. In 2007, three EPC customers,
including their affiliated entities, accounted for 56%
8
of our net revenue, and in 2006, two EPC customers, including
their affiliated entities, accounted for 29% of our net revenue.
Specifically, Acciona Water, Geida and its affiliated entities
and Doosan Heavy Industries represented approximately 20%, 23%
and 13% of our net revenue in 2007, respectively, and GE Ionics
and Geida and its affiliated entities accounted for
approximately 18% and 11% of our net revenue in 2006,
respectively. We do not have long-term contracts with our EPC
customers and instead sell to them on a purchase order basis or
under individual stand-alone contracts. If our EPC customers
reduce their purchases, our projected revenue will significantly
decrease, which will adversely affect our financial condition
and future growth. If one of our EPC customers delays or cancels
one or more of its projects, or if it fails to pay amounts due
to us or delays its payments, our revenue or operating results
could be negatively affected. There is a limited number of EPCs
who are involved in the desalination industry. Thus, if one of
our EPC customers decides not to continue to use our energy
recovery devices in its future projects, we may not be able
replace such a lost customer with another EPC customer and
our net revenue would be negatively affected.
Our
operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our
future operating results difficult to predict and could cause
our operating results to fall below expectations or our
guidance.
Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors,
many of which are outside of our control. Due to the fact that a
single order for our PX devices for a particular desalination
plant may represent significant revenue, we have experienced
significant fluctuations in revenue from quarter to quarter, and
we expect such fluctuations to continue. As a result, comparing
our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be
meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an
indication of our future performance. If our revenue or
operating results fall below the expectations of investors or
securities analysts or below any guidance we may provide to the
market, the price of our common stock would likely decline
substantially.
In addition, factors that may affect our operating results
include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in demand, adoption, sales cycles and pricing
levels for our products and services;
|
|
|
|
the cyclical nature of SWRO plant construction, which
typically reflects a seasonal increase in shipments of PX
devices in the fourth quarter;
|
|
|
|
changes in customers budgets for desalination plants
and the timing of their purchasing decisions;
|
|
|
|
delays or postponements in the construction of
desalination plants;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop, introduce and ship in a timely
manner new products and product enhancements that meet customer
demand, certification requirements and technical requirements;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our customers to obtain other key
components of a plant such as high pressure pumps or membranes;
|
|
|
|
our ability to implement scalable internal systems for
reporting, order processing, product delivery, purchasing,
billing and general accounting, among other functions;
|
|
|
|
unpredictability of governmental regulations and political
decision-making as to the approval or building of a desalination
plant;
|
|
|
|
our ability to control costs, including our operating
expenses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to purchase key PX components, principally
ceramics, from third party suppliers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete against other companies that offer
energy recovery solutions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain highly skilled
employees, particularly those with relevant industry
experience; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions in our domestic and
international markets.
|
If we
are unable to collect unbilled receivables, our operating
results will be adversely affected.
Our customer contracts generally contain holdback provisions
pursuant to which the final installments to be paid under such
sales contracts are due up to 24 months after the product
has been shipped to the customer and revenue has been
recognized. Typically, between 10 and 20 percent, and in
some instances up to 30 percent, of the revenue we receive
pursuant to our customer contracts are subject to such holdback
provisions and are accounted for as unbilled receivables until
we deliver invoices for payment. As of March 31, 2008, we
had approximately $4.7 million of current unbilled
receivables
9
and approximately $2.4 million of non-current unbilled
receivables. If we are unable to invoice and collect, or if our
customers fail to make payments due under our sales contracts,
our results of operations will be adversely affected.
If we
lose key personnel upon whom we are dependent, we may not be
able to execute our strategies. Our ability to increase our
revenue will depend on hiring highly skilled professionals with
industry-specific experience, particularly given the unique and
complex nature of our devices.
Given the specialized nature of our business, we must hire
highly skilled professionals with industry-specific experience.
Our ability to successfully grow depends on recruiting skilled
and experienced employees. We often compete with larger, better
known companies for talented employees. Also, retention of key
employees, such as our chief executive officer, who has over
30 years of experience in the water treatment industry, is
vital to the successful execution of our growth strategies. Our
failure to retain existing or attract future key personnel could
harm our business.
The
success of our business depends in part on our ability to
develop new products and services and increase the functionality
of our current products.
Since 2004, we have invested over $3 million in research
and development costs associated with our PX products. From time
to time, our customers have expressed a need for greater
processing efficiency. In response, and as part of our strategy
to enhance our energy recovery solutions and grow our business,
we plan to continue to make substantial investments in the
research and development of new technologies. For instance, we
are in the process of developing the PX-1200 Titan as a product
for use in increasingly larger desalination plants. While this
product has the potential to provide greater capacity, it will
be priced higher and may not perform as well as our other PX
devices. It is possible that potential customers may not accept
the new pricing structure. It is also possible that the release
of this product may be delayed if testing reveals unexpected
flaws. Our future success will depend in part on our ability to
continue to design and manufacture new products, to enhance our
existing products and to provide new value-added services. We
may experience unforeseen problems in the performance of our
existing and new technologies or products. Furthermore, we may
not achieve market acceptance of our new products and solutions.
If we are unable to develop competitive new products, or if the
market does not accept such products, our business and results
of operations will be adversely affected.
Our
revenue and growth model depend upon the continued viability and
growth of the SWRO industry using current
technology.
If there is a downturn in the SWRO industry, our sales would be
directly and adversely impacted. In addition, changes in SWRO
technology could reduce the demand for our devices. For example,
a reduction in the operating pressure used in SWRO plants could
reduce the need for and viability of our energy recovery
devices. Membrane manufacturers are actively working on lower
pressure membranes for SWRO that could potentially be used on a
large scale to desalinate sea water at a much lower pressure
than is currently necessary. Similarly, an increase in the
recovery rate would reduce the number of energy recovery devices
required and would reduce the demand for our product. Any of
these changes would adversely impact our revenue and growth.
The
durable nature of the PX device may reduce potential aftermarket
revenue opportunities.
Our PX devices utilize ceramic components that have to date
demonstrated high durability, high corrosion resistance and long
life in SWRO applications. Because most of our PX devices have
only been installed for several years, it is difficult to
accurately predict their performance or endurance over a longer
period of time. Accordingly, our value proposition to customers
may not be fulfilled and our opportunity to sell replacement
components or units may be limited.
Our
sales cycle can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts
require considerable time and expense. As a result, our sales
are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from quarter
to quarter, which may cause our operating results to
fluctuate.
Our sales efforts involve substantial education of our current
and prospective customers about the use and benefits of our PX
products. This education process can be extremely time consuming
and typically involves a significant product evaluation process.
While the sales cycle for our OEM customers, who are involved
with smaller desalination plants, averages one to three months,
the average sales cycle for our international EPC customers, who
are involved with larger desalination plants, ranges from six to
16 months and has, in some cases, extended up to
24 months. Most of our EPC customers are located
internationally or are themselves governmental entities. In
addition, these customers generally must make a significant
commitment of resources to test and evaluate our technologies.
As a result, our sales process involving these customers is
often subject to delays associated with lengthy approval
processes that typically accompany the design,
10
testing and adoption of new, technologically complex products.
This long sales cycle makes
quarter-by-quarter
revenue predictions difficult and results in our investing
significant resources well in advance of orders for our products.
Since
a significant portion of our annual sales typically occurs
during the fourth quarter, any delays could affect our annual
revenue and operating results.
A significant portion of our annual sales typically occurs
during the fourth quarter, which we believe generally reflects
EPC customer buying patterns. Any delays or cancellation of
expected sales during the fourth quarter would reduce our
quarterly and annual revenue from what we anticipated. Such a
reduction might cause our quarterly and annual revenue or
quarterly and annual operating results to fall below the
expectations of investors or securities analysts or below any
guidance we may provide to the market, causing the price of our
common stock to decline.
We
depend on three vendors for our supply of ceramics, which is a
key component of our products. If any of our ceramics vendors
cancels its commitments or is unable to meet our demand
and/or
requirements, our business could be harmed.
We rely on a limited number of vendors to produce the ceramics
used in our products. For the three months ended March 31,
2008, three ceramics suppliers represented approximately 60% of
our purchases from all of our suppliers, and for the three
months ended March 31, 2007, two ceramics suppliers
represented approximately 56% of purchases from all of our
suppliers. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, two ceramics suppliers represented approximately 52%, 59%
and 47%, respectively, of our purchases from all of our
suppliers. From time to time our demand has grown faster than
the supply capabilities of these vendors. If any of our
suppliers were to cancel or materially change its commitment
with us or fail to meet the quality or delivery requirements
needed to satisfy customer orders for our products, we could
lose customer orders, be unable to develop or sell our products
cost-effectively or on a timely basis, if at all, and have
significantly decreased revenue, which would harm our business,
operating results and financial condition. We are currently in
the process of qualifying a fourth supplier of ceramics.
However, our qualification process is rigorous and there is no
assurance that such additional supplier will be approved as a
qualifying supplier. If we are unable to qualify this additional
ceramics supplier, we may be exposed to increased risk of supply
chain disruption and capacity shortages.
We
depend on a single supplier for our supply of stainless steel
castings. If our supplier is not able to meet our demand
and/or
requirements, it could harm our business.
We rely on a single foundry to produce all of our stainless
steel castings for use in our PX products. Our reliance on a
single manufacturer of stainless steel castings involves a
number of significant risks, including reduced control over
delivery schedules, quality assurance, manufacturing yields,
production costs and lack of guaranteed production capacity or
product supply. We do not have a long term supply agreement with
our supplier and instead secure manufacturing availability on a
purchase order basis. Our supplier has no obligation to supply
products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantity
or at any specific price, except as set forth in a particular
purchase order. Our requirements represent a small portion of
the total production capacities of our supplier and our supplier
may reallocate capacity to other customers, even during periods
of high demand for our products. We have in the past experienced
and may in the future experience quality control issues and
delivery delays with our supplier due to factors such as high
industry demand or the inability of our vendor to consistently
meet our quality or delivery requirements. If our supplier were
to cancel or materially change its commitment with us or fail to
meet the quality or delivery requirements needed to satisfy
customer orders for our products, we could lose time-sensitive
customer orders, be unable to develop or sell our products
cost-effectively or on a timely basis, if at all, and have
significantly decreased revenue, which would harm our business,
operating results and financial condition. We may qualify
additional suppliers in the future which would require time and
resources. If we do not qualify additional suppliers, we may be
exposed to increased risk of capacity shortages due to our
complete dependence on our current supplier.
We
face competition from a number of companies that offers
competing energy recovery solutions. If any of these companies
produces superior technology or offers more cost effective
products, our competitive position in the market could be harmed
and our profits may decline.
The market for energy recovery devices for desalination plants
is competitive and continually evolving. The PX device competes
with slow cycle isobarics, Pelton wheels and hydraulic
turbochargers. Our three primary competitors are Calder AG,
Fluid Equipment Development Company and Pump Engineering
Incorporated. We expect competition to persist and intensify as
the desalination market opportunity grows. Many of our current
and potential competitors may have significantly greater
financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do
and may be able to devote greater resources to the development,
promotion, sale and support of their products. Also, our
competitors may have more extensive customer bases and broader
customer relationships than we do, including long-standing
relationships or exclusive contracts
11
with our current or potential customers. For instance, we have
had difficulties penetrating some of the Caribbean markets
because Consolidated Water Co. Ltd., a major builder of SWRO
desalination plants in that area, has an exclusive license with
Calder AG to use Calders technology. In addition, these
companies may have longer operating histories and greater name
recognition than we do. Our competitors may be in a stronger
position to respond quickly to new technologies and may be able
to market and sell their products more effectively. Moreover, if
one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with
another of our competitors or with current or potential
customers, the change in the competitive landscape could
adversely affect our ability to compete effectively.
We are
subject to risks related to product defects, which could lead to
warranty claims in excess of our warranty provisions or result
in a large number of warranty claims in any given
year.
We warrant our products for up to five years. We test our
products in our manufacturing facilities through a variety of
means. However, there can be no assurance that our testing will
reveal latent defects in our products, which may not become
apparent until after the products have been sold into the
market. Accordingly, there is a risk that warranty claims may be
filed due to product defects. We may incur additional operating
expenses if our warranty provisions do not reflect the actual
cost of resolving issues related to defects in our products. If
these additional expenses are significant, they could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations. While the number of warranty claims has not been
significant to date, we are in the initial stages of offering
such warranties to our customers. Accordingly, we cannot
quantify the error rate of our products and cannot assure that a
large number of warranty claims will not be filed in a given
year. As a result, our operating expenses may increase if a
large number of warranty claims are filed in any specific year,
particularly towards the end of any given warranty period.
If we
are unable to protect or enforce our intellectual property
rights, our competitive position could be harmed and we could be
required to incur significant expenses to enforce our
rights.
We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary technology.
We rely on trade secrets, patent, copyright and trademark laws
and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties,
all of which offer only limited protection. We hold five United
States patents and nine counterpart international patents
relating to specific proprietary design features of our PX
technology. The terms of these patents will begin to expire in
2011, at which time we could become more vulnerable to increased
competition. In addition, we have applied for two new United
States patents and 14 international counterpart patents
covering our current and anticipated future PX designs. We do
not hold patents in many of the countries into which we sell our
PX devices, including Saudi Arabia, Algeria and China, and
accordingly, the protection of our intellectual property in
those countries may be limited. We also do not know whether any
of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance
of patents or whether the examination process will require us to
narrow our claims, and even if patents are issued, they may be
contested, circumvented or invalidated. Moreover, while we
believe our remaining issued patents are essential to the
protection of the PX technology, the rights granted under any of
our issued patents or patents that may be issued in the future
may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive
advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able
to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in
the future. In addition, our granted patents may not prevent
misappropriation of our technology, particularly in foreign
countries where intellectual property laws may not protect our
proprietary rights as fully as those in the United States. This
may render our patents impaired or useless and ultimately expose
us to currently unanticipated competition. Protecting against
the unauthorized use of our products, trademarks and other
proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases,
impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
or defend our intellectual property rights or to determine the
validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This
litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
management resources, either of which could harm our business.
Claims
by others that we infringe their proprietary rights could harm
our business.
Third parties could claim that our technology infringes their
proprietary rights. In addition, we may be contacted by third
parties suggesting that we obtain a license to certain of their
intellectual property rights they may believe we are infringing.
We expect that infringement claims against us may increase as
the number of products and competitors in our market increases
and overlaps occur. In addition, to the extent that we gain
greater visibility, we believe that we will face a higher risk
of being the subject of intellectual property infringement
claims. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even those
without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs
defending against the claim, and could distract our management
from our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if
successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay
substantial damages. A judgment against us could also include an
injunction or other court order that could prevent us from
offering our products. In addition, we might be required to seek
a license for the use of such intellectual property, which may
not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing
technology, which could require significant effort and expense
and may ultimately not be successful. Any of these events
12
could seriously harm our business. Third parties may also assert
infringement claims against our customers and OEMs. Because we
generally indemnify our customers and OEMs if our products
infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, any such
claims would require us to initiate or defend protracted and
costly litigation on their behalf, regardless of the merits of
these claims. If any of these claims succeeds, we may be forced
to pay damages on behalf of our customers and OEMs.
If we
fail to expand our manufacturing facilities to meet our future
growth, our operating results could be adversely
affected.
Our existing manufacturing facilities are capable of meeting
current demand and demand for the foreseeable future. However,
the future growth of our business depends on our ability to
successfully expand our manufacturing, research and development
and technical testing facilities. Larger products currently
under development will require the design and construction of
new manufacturing capacity. We intend to add new facilities or
expand existing facilities as the demand for our devices
increases. However, we cannot ensure that suitable additional or
substitute space will be available to accommodate any such
expansion of our operations.
If we
need additional capital to fund future growth, it may not be
available on favorable terms, or at all.
We have historically relied on outside financing to fund our
operations, capital expenditures and expansion. We may require
additional capital from equity or debt financing in the future
to fund our operations, or respond to competitive pressures or
strategic opportunities. We may not be able to secure such
additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of
additional financing may place limits on our financial and
operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through
further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or
other securities convertible into equity, our existing
stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their
percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we
issue could have rights, preferences or privileges senior to
those of existing or future holders of our common stock,
including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we
are unable to obtain necessary financing on terms satisfactory
to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support
our business and to respond to business challenges could be
significantly limited.
If
foreign and local governments no longer subsidize or are willing
to engage in the construction and maintenance of desalination
plants and projects, the demand for our products would decline
and adversely affect our business.
Our products are used in SWRO desalination plants which are
often times constructed and maintained through government
subsidies. The rate of construction of desalination plants
depends on each governments willingness and ability to
allocate funds for such projects. For instance, some
desalination projects in the Middle East and North Africa are
funded by budget surpluses driven by high crude oil and natural
gas prices. If governments divert funds allocated for such
projects to other projects or do not have budget surpluses, the
demand for our products could decline and negatively affect our
revenue base, which could harm the overall profitability of our
business.
In addition, various water management agencies could alter
demand for fresh water by investing in water reuse initiatives
or limiting the use of water for certain agricultural purposes.
Certain uses of water considered to be wasteful could be
curtailed, resulting in more available water and less demand for
alternative solutions such as desalination.
Our
products are highly technical and may contain undetected flaws
or defects which could harm our business and our reputation and
adversely affect our financial condition.
The manufacture of our products is highly technical, and our
products may contain latent defects or flaws. We test our
products prior to commercial release and during such testing
have discovered and may in the future discover flaws and defects
that need to be resolved prior to release. Resolving these flaws
and defects can take a significant amount of time and prevent
our technical personnel from working on other important tasks.
In addition, our products have contained and may in the future
contain one or more flaws that were not detected prior to
commercial release to our customers. Some flaws in our products
may only be discovered after a product has been installed and
used by customers. Any flaws or defects discovered in our
products after commercial release could result in loss of
revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers and
increased service and warranty cost, any of which could
adversely affect our business, operating results and financial
condition. In addition, we could face claims for product
liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our contracts with our
customers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers
and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a
lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert
managements attention and adversely affect the
markets perception of us and our products. In addition, if
our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or
future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all,
our business, operating results and financial condition could be
harmed.
13
Our
international sales and operations subject us to additional
risks that may adversely affect our operating
results.
Historically, we have derived a significant portion of our
revenue from customers whose SWRO facilities utilizing the PX
device are outside the United States. Many of such
customers projects are in emerging growth countries with
relatively young and unstable market economies and volatile
political environments. We also have sales and technical support
personnel stationed in Africa, Asia and the Middle East, among
other regions, and we expect to continue to add personnel in
additional countries. As a result, any governmental changes or
reforms or disruptions in the business, regulatory or political
environment in the countries in which we operate or sell our
products could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Sales of our products have to date been denominated principally
in U.S. dollars. Over the last several years, the
U.S. dollar has weakened against most other currencies.
Future increases in the value of the U.S. dollar, if any,
would increase the price of our products in the currency of the
countries in which our customers are located. This may result in
our customers seeking lower-priced suppliers, which could
adversely impact our operating results. A larger portion of our
international revenue may be denominated in foreign currencies
in the future, which would subject us to increased risks
associated with fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
Our international contracts and operations subject us to a
variety of additional risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
political and economic uncertainties;
|
|
|
|
reduced protection for intellectual property rights;
|
|
|
|
trade barriers and other regulatory or contractual
limitations on our ability to sell and service our products in
certain foreign markets;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in enforcing contracts, beginning operations
as scheduled and collecting accounts receivable, especially in
emerging markets;
|
|
|
|
increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance
costs associated with multiple international locations;
|
|
|
|
competing with
non-U.S. companies
not subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act; and
|
|
|
|
difficulty in attracting, hiring and retaining qualified
personnel.
|
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will
depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our
international operations. Our failure to manage any of these
risks successfully could harm our international operations and
reduce our international sales, which in turn could adversely
affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
If we
fail to manage future growth effectively, our business would be
harmed.
Future growth in our business, if it occurs, will place
significant demands on our management, infrastructure and other
resources. To manage any future growth, we will need to hire,
integrate and retain highly skilled and motivated employees. We
will also need to continue to improve our financial and
management controls, reporting and operational systems and
procedures. If we do not effectively manage our growth, our
business, operating results and financial condition would be
adversely affected.
Our
failure to achieve or maintain adequate internal control over
financial reporting in accordance with U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules or prevent or detect material
misstatements in our annual or interim consolidated financial
statements in the future could materially harm our business and
cause our stock price to decline.
As a public company, SEC rules require that we maintain internal
control over financial reporting that provides reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
preparation of published financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, we will
be required to document and test our internal controls and
procedures to assess the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting. In addition, our independent
registered public accounting firm will be required to report on
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. In the future, we may identify material weaknesses
and deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in a
timely manner. Material weaknesses may exist when we report on
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting for purposes of our attestation required by reporting
requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 after
this offering, with our first reporting obligation being in our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ending December 31, 2009. If we fail to
achieve or maintain effective internal control over financial
reporting, we will not be able to conclude that we have
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be
able to issue an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial
14
reporting. As a result our ability to report our financial
results on a timely and accurate basis may be adversely affected
and investors may lose confidence in our financial information,
which in turn could cause the market price of our common stock
to decrease. We may also be required to restate our financial
statements from prior periods. In addition, testing and
maintaining internal control will require increased management
time and resources. Any failure to maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting could impair the success of our
business and harm our financial results, and you could lose all
or a significant portion of your investment. If we have material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, the
accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely
affected.
Changes
to financial accounting standards may affect our results of
operations and cause us to change our business
practices.
We prepare our financial statements to conform with generally
accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, in the United States.
These accounting principles are subject to interpretation by the
SEC and various other bodies. A change in those policies can
have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect
our reporting of transactions completed before a change is
announced. Changes to those rules or the interpretation of our
current practices may adversely affect our reported financial
results or the way we conduct our business.
We may
engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business,
cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our financial
condition and operating results.
In the future, we may acquire companies or assets that we
believe may enhance our market position. We may not be able to
find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to
complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do
complete acquisitions, we cannot assure you that they will
ultimately strengthen our competitive position or that they will
not be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or
investors. In addition, any acquisitions that we make could lead
to difficulties in integrating personnel and operations from the
acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key
personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our
ongoing operations, divert management from day-to-day
responsibilities, increase our expenses and harm our operating
results or financial condition. Future acquisitions may reduce
our cash available for operations and other uses and could
result in an increase in amortization expense related to
identifiable assets acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of
equity securities or the incurrence of debt, any of which could
harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Risks
Related to this Offering
We
will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating
as a public company, and our management will be required to
devote substantial time to compliance
requirements.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley,
as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the
NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, have imposed various
requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in
corporate governance practices. Our management and other
personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to
these compliance requirements. Moreover, these rules and
regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and
costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to
make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required
to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur
substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.
These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our
board of directors, our board committees or as executive
officers.
The
trading price of our common stock may be volatile, and you might
not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public
offering price.
There are no directly comparable U.S. companies known to us
whose securities are currently being publicly traded in the
U.S. stock market. Additionally, our common stock has no
prior trading history. Factors affecting the trading price of
our common stock will include:
|
|
|
|
|
factors discussed in this risk factors section and elsewhere in
this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
variations in our operating results;
|
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations, new or enhanced
products, or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;
|
|
|
|
gain or loss of significant customers;
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
recruitment or departure of our key personnel;
|
|
|
|
changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in
recommendations by any securities analysts who elect to follow
our common stock;
|
|
|
|
market conditions in our industry, the industries of our
customers and the economy as a whole; and
|
|
|
|
adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or
programs applicable to our business.
|
In addition, if the market for stocks of companies in industries
related or similar to ours, or the stock market in general,
experiences loss of investor confidence, the trading price of
our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our
business. The trading price of our common stock might also
decline as a result of events that affect other companies in our
industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Some
companies that have had volatile market prices for their
securities have had securities class actions filed against them.
If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or
outcome, it could result in substantial costs and divert
managements attention and resources. This could harm our
business, operating results and financial condition.
There
has been no prior market for our common stock and our stock
price may decline after this offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for
shares of our common stock. Although our common stock has been
approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active
public trading market for our common stock may not develop or,
if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. Our
company and the representatives of the underwriters have
negotiated the initial public offering price. The initial public
offering price may be higher than the trading price of our
common stock following this offering. As a result, you could
lose all or part of your investment.
Future
sales of shares by our existing stockholders could cause our
stock price to decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to
sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market after the
lock-up
agreements and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in
this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock
could decline. See Shares Eligible for Future Sale
below. Based upon shares outstanding as of March 31, 2008,
we will have outstanding a total of 47,917,474 shares of
common stock upon completion of this offering, an increase of
approximately 20% from the number of shares outstanding prior to
this offering. Of these shares, only the 14,000,000 shares
of common stock sold in this offering and 839,279 shares of
common stock not subject to lock-up agreements will be freely
tradeable, without restriction, in the public market immediately
following this offering.
The lock-up
agreements entered into by the underwriters with our officers
and directors and other current holders of our common stock will
expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus, although
those
lock-up
agreements may be extended under certain circumstances. The
underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, release
these parties from the restrictions of the lock-up agreements.
After the
lock-up
agreements expire, based upon shares outstanding as of
March 31, 2008, up to an additional 33,078,195 shares
of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,
22,718,694 of which are held by our directors, executive
officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume
limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and
various vesting agreements. In addition, as of March 31,
2008, the 3,407,430 shares of common stock that are either
subject to outstanding warrants or options or reserved for
future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become
eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted
by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the
lock-up
agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.
If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that
they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of
our common stock could decline.
If
securities or industry analysts do not publish research, publish
inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business or
publish projections for our business that exceed our actual
results, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock may be affected by the
research and reports that securities or industry analysts
publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and
may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry
analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence
coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock and the
trading volume could decline. In the event we obtain securities
or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who
covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or
unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could
decline. In addition, if we obtain analyst coverage, the
analysts projections may have little or no relationship to
the results we actually achieve and could cause our stock price
to decline if we fail to meet their projections. If one or more
of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to
publish reports on us regularly our stock price or trading
volume could decline.
16
Insiders
will continue to have substantial control over us after this
offering and will be able to influence corporate
matters.
Upon completion of this offering, our directors and executive
officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the
aggregate, approximately 50% of our outstanding common stock,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional shares, compared to approximately 17% of our
outstanding common stock represented by the shares sold in this
offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters option
to purchase additional shares. As a result, these stockholders
will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters
requiring stockholder approval, including the election of
directors and approval of significant corporate transactions,
such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.
This concentration of ownership will limit your ability to
influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying
or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For
more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding
stock by our executive officers and directors and their
affiliates, please see the section titled Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
below.
As a
new investor, you will experience substantial dilution as a
result of this offering and future equity
issuances.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors
purchasing common stock in this offering will experience
immediate dilution of $6.79 per share at the initial public
offering price of $8.50 per share. In addition, we have issued
options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices
significantly below the initial public offering price. To the
extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will
be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution
is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid
substantially less than the initial public offering price when
they purchased their shares of our stock. In addition, if the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares, if outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock are
exercised or if we issue additional equity securities, you will
experience additional dilution.
We
will have broad discretion to determine how to use the proceeds
raised in this offering, and we may use the proceeds in ways
that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our
common stock.
We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our
stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable
return. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for
general corporate purposes, which may include expansion of our
sales and marketing and research and development efforts,
capital expenditures, and potential acquisitions of, or
investments in, complementary businesses, products and
technologies. However, we do not have more specific plans for
the net proceeds from this offering and will have broad
discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering. If
we do not invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways
that improve our operating results, we may fail to achieve
expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to
decline.
After
the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any
dividends in the foreseeable future.
After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate
declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in
the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must rely on
sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may
never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on
their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not
purchase our common stock.
Anti-takeover
provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could
discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company
and may affect the trading price of our common
stock.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as
amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have
the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or
changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate
of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become
effective upon completion of this offering include provisions
that:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize our board of directors to issue, without further
action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by
written consent;
|
|
|
|
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called
only by our board of directors, the chairman of the board, the
chief executive officer or the president;
|
|
|
|
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals
to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders,
including proposed nominations of persons for election to our
board of directors;
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
establish that our board of directors is divided into three
classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with
each class serving staggered terms;
|
|
|
|
provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;
|
|
|
|
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled
only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less
than a quorum;
|
|
|
|
specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at
any election of directors; and
|
|
|
|
require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the
above-mentioned provisions.
|
In addition, we are subject to the provisions of
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
regulating corporate takeovers. Section 203 generally
prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with an
interested stockholder subject to certain exceptions.
For information regarding these and other provisions, please see
the section titled Description of Capital Stock
below.
18
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that relate
to future events or our future financial performance and involve
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that
may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements to differ materially from any future results,
levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or
implied by these forward-looking statements. Words such as
believe, expect, anticipate,
estimate, intend, plan,
likely, will, would,
could and similar expressions or phrases identify
these forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties.
The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of
the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of
which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results
may differ materially from expected results.
Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected
results include:
|
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in demand, adoption, sales cycles and pricing
levels for our products and services;
|
|
|
|
the cyclical nature of SWRO plant construction, which
typically reflects a seasonal increase in shipments of PX
devices in the fourth quarter;
|
|
|
|
changes in customers budgets for desalination plants
and the timing of their purchasing decisions;
|
|
|
|
delays or postponements in the construction of
desalination plants;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop, introduce and ship in a timely
manner new products and product enhancements that meet customer
demand, certification requirements and technical requirements;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our customers to obtain other key
components of a plant such as high pressure pumps or membranes;
|
|
|
|
our ability to implement scalable internal systems for
reporting, order processing, product delivery, purchasing,
billing and general accounting, among other functions;
|
|
|
|
unpredictability of governmental regulations and political
decision-making as to the approval or building of a desalination
plant;
|
|
|
|
our ability to control costs, including our operating
expenses;
|
|
|
|
our ability to purchase key PX components, principally
ceramics, from third party suppliers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete against companies that offer energy
recovery solutions;
|
|
|
|
our ability to attract and retain highly skilled
employees, particularly those with relevant industry
experience; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions in our domestic and
international markets.
|
See the section above titled Risk Factors for a more
complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for
other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk
factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of
the important factors that could cause our actual results to
differ materially from those expressed in any of our
forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable
factors also could harm our results. Consequently, actual
results or developments anticipated by us may not be realized
or, even if substantially realized, may not have the expected
consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties,
we caution you not to place undue reliance on such
forward-looking statements.
All future written and verbal forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements contained or referred to in this section. We
undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise. In light of these
risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events
discussed in this prospectus might not occur.
19
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be
approximately $60.5 million, at the initial public offering
price of $8.50 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares in this
offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds
will be approximately $77.1 million. We will not receive
any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the
selling stockholders.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for
working capital and other general corporate purposes, including
to finance our growth, develop new products and fund capital
expenditures. Additionally, we may expand our current business
through acquisitions of other businesses, products or
technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments
for any specific acquisitions at this time.
Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we
intend to invest the proceeds in short-term, investment-grade
interest-bearing instruments.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do
not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare
dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating
results, capital requirements, general business conditions and
other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
20
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
March 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and
|
|
|
|
on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance of
8,078,566 shares of common stock in this offering at the
initial public offering price of $8.50 per share.
|
The information set forth in the table should be read together
with the information set forth under Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, and our consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes, each appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2008
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
As Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
(unaudited, and in thousands, except share data)
|
Total debt, including current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total borrowings
|
|
$
|
686
|
|
|
$
|
686
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
777
|
|
|
$
|
777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share;
10,000,000 shares authorized, actual and as adjusted; no
shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share;
45,000,000 shares
authorized, actual and 200,000,000, as adjusted;
39,838,908 shares issued and outstanding, actual and
47,917,474, as adjusted,
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
21,025
|
|
|
|
81,516
|
|
Notes receivable from stockholders
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
21,758
|
|
|
|
82,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
22,535
|
|
|
$
|
83,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The share information set forth in the table above is based on
39,838,908 shares of common stock outstanding as of
March 31, 2008, and excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,333,308 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options outstanding as of March 31, 2008, at a weighted
average exercise price of $2.54 per share;
|
|
|
|
2,074,122 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2008, at a weighted
average exercise price of $0.52 per share;
|
|
|
|
4,167 shares of common stock that have been exercised
pursuant to options but not yet vested as of March 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
5,625 shares of common stock reserved as of March 31,
2008 for future issuance under our 2002 Stock Option/Issuance
Plan;
|
|
|
|
8,709 shares of common stock reserved as of March 31,
2008 for future issuance under our 2004 Stock Option/Issuance
Plan;
|
|
|
|
37,567 shares of common stock reserved as of March 31,
2008 for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Option/Issuance
Plan; and
|
|
|
|
1,400,000 shares of common stock reserved for future
issuance under our new 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, which will
become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
completion of this offering, of which 910,000 shares have
been approved for issuance at an exercise price equal to the
initial public offering price upon the effectiveness of this
offering.
|
21
DILUTION
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2008 was
$21.4 million, or approximately $.54 per share. Net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of total
tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by
39,838,908 shares of common stock outstanding.
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors
represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the as
adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock
immediately after completion of this offering. After giving
effect to our sale of 8,078,566 shares of common stock in
this offering at the initial public offering price of $8.50 per
share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, our net tangible
book value as of March 31, 2008 would have been
$81.9 million, or $1.71 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.17 per share
to existing stockholders and an immediate decrease in net
tangible book value of $6.79 per share to purchasers of common
stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8.50
|
|
Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
new investors
|
|
|
1.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the net
tangible book value per share after this offering would be $1.97
per share, the increase in net tangible book value per share to
existing stockholders would be $1.43 per share and the decrease
in net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing
shares in this offering would be $6.53 per share.
The following table presents as of March 31, 2008 the
differences between the existing stockholders and the purchasers
of shares in this offering with respect to the number of shares
purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average
price paid per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
39,838,908
|
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
$
|
17,650,691
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
8,078,566
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
68,667,811
|
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
$
|
8.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
47,917,474
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
86,318,502
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
The above discussion and tables assume no exercise of
1,333,308 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2008 with a
weighted average exercise price of $2.54 per share and
2,074,122 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2008 with a
weighted average exercise price of $0.52 per share. If all
of these options and warrants were exercised, new investors
ownership would be diluted by approximately 1% and total
consideration would increase by approximately $4.5 million.
In addition, if all these options and warrants were exercised,
then as adjusted net tangible book value per share would
decrease from $1.71 to $1.68, resulting in an increase in
dilution per share to new investors in this offering to $6.82
per share.
22
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected consolidated historical
financial data below in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and the consolidated financial statements,
related notes and other financial information included in this
prospectus. The selected financial data in this section is not
intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is
qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial
statements and related notes included in this prospectus.
The selected consolidated statements of operations data for each
of the three years in the periods ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus, and the selected consolidated
statements of operations data for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the consolidated balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are
derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and
related notes not included in this prospectus. The consolidated
statement of operations data for the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet
data at March 31, 2008 are derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the
opinion of management, all adjustments that management considers
necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information
set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not
necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in
the future and results for the three months ended March 31,
2008 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected
for the full year. The amounts below are in thousands, except
per share data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008(1)
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2006(1)
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
9,120
|
|
|
$
|
7,139
|
|
|
$
|
35,414
|
|
|
$
|
20,058
|
|
|
$
|
10,689
|
|
|
$
|
4,047
|
|
|
$
|
4,045
|
|
Cost of revenue(2)
|
|
|
3,674
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
|
|
14,852
|
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
4,685
|
|
|
|
2,015
|
|
|
|
2,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,446
|
|
|
|
4,285
|
|
|
|
20,562
|
|
|
|
11,927
|
|
|
|
6,004
|
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
|
|
2,033
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(2)
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
5,230
|
|
|
|
3,648
|
|
|
|
1,779
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
General and administrative(2)
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
|
4,299
|
|
|
|
3,372
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,055
|
|
|
|
892
|
|
Research and development(2)
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
1,267
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
4,513
|
|
|
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
11,234
|
|
|
|
8,287
|
|
|
|
4,867
|
|
|
|
2,432
|
|
|
|
1,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
9,328
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
201
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,559
|
|
|
|
1,929
|
|
|
|
9,740
|
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
(453
|
)
|
|
|
163
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
1,239
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
5,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
$
|
894
|
|
|
$
|
(506
|
)
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share-basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Earnings per share-diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
39,804
|
|
|
|
38,271
|
|
|
|
39,060
|
|
|
|
38,018
|
|
|
|
36,790
|
|
|
|
32,161
|
|
|
|
30,279
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
42,196
|
|
|
|
40,508
|
|
|
|
41,433
|
|
|
|
40,244
|
|
|
|
38,454
|
|
|
|
32,161
|
|
|
|
32,936
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
1,901
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
261
|
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
|
$
|
251
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
32,314
|
|
|
|
27,304
|
|
|
|
13,539
|
|
|
|
8,496
|
|
|
|
3,054
|
|
|
|
2,445
|
|
Long-term liabilities
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
10,556
|
|
|
|
7,243
|
|
|
|
5,412
|
|
|
|
3,794
|
|
|
|
2,061
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
21,758
|
|
|
|
20,061
|
|
|
|
8,127
|
|
|
|
4,702
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS 123(R), using the prospective
transition method, which requires the application of the
provisions of SFAS 123(R) only to share-based payment
awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after
the modification date. Under this method, we recognize
stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards granted after December 31, 2005 in accordance with
SFAS 123(R). |
|
(2) |
|
Includes employee and non-employee stock-based compensation as
follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004(3)
|
|
|
2003(3)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
|
$
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
221
|
|
|
$
|
237
|
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
|
$
|
1,064
|
|
|
$
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
No stock-based compensation expense was recognized as we used
the intrinsic method of accounting and the options were granted
with an exercise price equal to the fair market value. |
24
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ
materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause
or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited
to, those identified below, and those discussed in the section
titled Risk Factors included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Overview
We were founded in 1992 and are in the business of designing,
developing and manufacturing energy recovery devices for sea
water reverse osmosis, or SWRO, desalination plants. In early
1997, we introduced the initial version of our energy recovery
device, the PX. In November 1997, we introduced and marketed our
first ceramic-based PX device. As of March 31, 2008, we had
shipped over 4,000 PX devices to desalination plants worldwide,
including in China, Europe, India, Australia, Africa, the Middle
East, North America and the Caribbean.
A majority of our net revenue has been generated by sales to
large engineering, procurement and construction firms, or EPCs,
who are involved with the design and construction of larger
desalination plants. Sales to EPCs often involve a long sales
cycle, or the time between the initial project tender and the
time the PX device is shipped to the client, which can range
from six to 16 months. A single EPC desalination project
can generate an order for numerous PX devices and generally
represents an opportunity for significant revenue. We also sell
PX devices to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, which
commission smaller desalination plants, order fewer PX devices
per plant and have shorter sales cycles.
Due to the fact that a single order for PX devices by an EPC for
a particular plant may represent significant revenue, we often
experience significant fluctuations in net revenue from quarter
to quarter. In addition, our EPC customers tend to order a
significant amount of equipment for delivery in the fourth
quarter and, as a consequence, a significant portion of our
annual sales typically occurs during that quarter.
A limited number of our EPC customers accounts for a substantial
portion of our net revenue. One EPC customer accounted for
approximately 49% of our net revenue and two EPC customers
accounted for approximately 48% of our net revenue for the three
months ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively.
Specifically, Geida and its affiliated entities accounted for
approximately 49% of our net revenue for the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and Inima Servicios and Geida and its affiliated
entities accounted for approximately 26% and 22% of our net
revenue, respectively, for the three months ended March 31,
2007. In 2007, three EPC customers, including their affiliated
entities, accounted for 56% of our net revenue, and in 2006, two
EPC customers, including their affiliated entities, accounted
for 29% of our net revenue. Specifically, Acciona Water, Geida
and its affiliated entities and Doosan Heavy Industries
represented approximately 20%, 23% and 13% of our net revenue in
2007, respectively, and GE Ionics and Geida and its affiliated
entities accounted for approximately 18% and 11% of our net
revenue in 2006, respectively. In 2005, GE Ionics and Multiplex
Degremont JV accounted for 19% and 17% of our net revenue,
respectively. We do not have long-term contracts with our EPC
customers and instead sell to them on a purchase order basis or
under individual stand-alone contracts. Orders may be postponed
or delayed by our customers on short or no notice.
In the three months ended March 31, 2008 and the years
ended 2007 and 2006 most of our revenue was attributable to
sales outside of the United States. We expect sales outside of
the United States to remain a significant portion of our revenue
for the foreseeable future.
Our revenue is principally derived from the sales of our PX
devices. We receive a small amount of revenue from the sale of
booster pumps, which we manufacture and sell in connection with
PX devices to smaller desalination plants. We also receive
incidental revenue from services, such as product support, that
we provide to our PX customers.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States, or GAAP. These accounting principles require us to make
estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated
financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenue
and expense during the periods presented. We believe that the
estimates and judgments upon which we rely are reasonable based
upon information available to us at the time that we make these
estimates and judgments. To the extent there are material
differences between these estimates and actual results, our
consolidated financial results will be affected. The accounting
policies that reflect our more significant estimates and
judgments and which we believe are the
25
most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our
reported financial results are revenue recognition, warranty
costs, stock-based compensation, inventory valuation, allowances
for doubtful accounts and income taxes.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition. Revenue is
recognized when the earnings process is complete, as evidenced
by an agreement with the customer, transfer of title occurs,
fixed pricing is determinable and collection is probable.
Transfer of title typically occurs upon shipment of the
equipment pursuant to a written purchase order or contract.
Emerging Issues Task Force
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables requires
us to allocate the purchase price between the device and the
value of the undelivered services by applying the residual value
method. Under this method, revenue allocated to undelivered
elements is based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair
value of such undelivered elements, and the residual revenue is
allocated to the delivered elements. Vendor specific objective
evidence of fair value for such undelivered elements is based
upon the price we charge for such product or service when it is
sold separately. We may modify our pricing practices in the
future, which could result in changes to our vendor specific
objective evidence of fair value for such undelivered elements.
Our purchase agreements typically provide for the provision by
us of field services and training for commissioning of a
desalination plant. Recognition of the revenue in respect of
those services is deferred until provision of those services is
complete. The services element of our contracts represent an
incidental portion of the total contract price.
Under our revenue recognition policy, evidence of an arrangement
has been met when we have an executed purchase order or a
standalone contract. Typically, our smaller projects utilize
purchase orders that conform to our standard terms and
conditions that require the customer to remit payment generally
within 30 to 90 days from product delivery. In some cases,
if credit worthiness cannot be determined, prepayment is
required from the smaller customers.
For our large projects, stand-alone contracts are utilized. For
these contracts, consistent with industry practice, the
customers typically require their suppliers, including our
company, to accept contractual holdback provisions whereby the
final amounts due under the sales contract are remitted over
extended periods of time. These retention payments typically
range between 10% and 20%, and in some instances up to 30%, of
the total contract amount and are due and payable when the
customer is satisfied that certain specified product performance
criteria have been met upon commissioning of the desalination
plant, which in the case of our PX device may be 12 months
to 24 months from the date of product delivery as described
further below.
The specified product performance criteria for our PX device
generally pertains to the ability of our products to meet our
published performance specifications and warranty provisions,
which our products have demonstrated on a consistent basis. This
factor, combined with our historical performance metrics
measured over the past 10 years, provides us with a
reasonable basis to conclude that the PX device will perform
satisfactorily upon commissioning of the plant. To help ensure
this successful product performance, we provide service,
consisting principally of supervision of customer personnel, and
training to the customers during the commissioning of the plant.
The installation of the PX device is relatively simple, requires
no customization and is performed by the customer under the
supervision of our personnel. We defer the fair value of the
service and training component of the contract and recognize
such revenue as services are rendered. Based on these factors,
we have concluded that delivery and performance have been
completed when the product has been delivered (title transfers)
to the customer.
We perform an evaluation of credit worthiness on an individual
contract basis to assess whether collectibility is reasonably
assured. As part of this evaluation, we consider many factors
about the individual customer, including the underlying
financial strength of the customer
and/or
partnership consortium and our prior history or industry
specific knowledge about the customer and its supplier
relationships. To date, we have been able to conclude that
collectibility was reasonably assured on our sales contracts at
the time the product was delivered and title has transferred;
however, to the extent that we conclude that we are unable to
determine that collectibility is reasonably assured at the time
of product delivery, we will defer all or a portion of the
contract amount based on the specific facts and circumstances of
the contract and the customer.
Under the stand-alone contracts, the usual payment arrangements
are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
An advance payment, typically 10% to 20% of the total contract
amount, is due upon execution of the contract;
|
|
|
|
A payment upon delivery of the product, typically in the range
of 50% to 70% of the total contract amount, is due on average
between 120 and 150 days from product delivery, and in some
cases up to 180 days;
|
|
|
|
A retention payment, typically in the range of 10% to 20%, and
in some cases up to 30%, of the total contract amount is due
subsequent to product delivery as described further below.
|
26
Under the terms of the retention payment component, we are
generally required to issue to the customer a product
performance guarantee in the form of a collateralized letter of
credit, which is issued to the customer approximately 12 to
24 months after the product delivery date. The letter of
credit is collateralized by restricted cash on deposit with our
financial institution (see Restricted Cash under Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies). The letter of credit
remains in place for the performance period as specified in the
contract, which is generally 24 months and which runs
concurrent with our standard product warranty period. Once the
letter of credit has been put in place, we invoice the customer
for this final retention payment under the sales contract.
During the time between the product delivery and the issuance of
the letter of credit, the amount of the final retention is
classified on the balance sheet as unbilled receivable, of which
a portion may be classified as long term to the extent that the
billable period extends beyond one year. Once the letter of
credit is issued, we invoice the customer and reclassify the
retention amount from unbilled receivable to accounts receivable
where it remains until payment, typically 120 to 150 days
after invoicing (see Note 3Balance Sheet Information:
Unbilled Receivables).
Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are included
in sales. The cost of shipping to customers is included in cost
of revenue.
We do not provide our customers with a right to return our
products. However, we accept returns of products that are deemed
to be damaged or defective when delivered, subject to the
provisions of the product warranty. Historically, product
returns have not been significant.
We sell our products to EPC companies that are not subject to
sales tax. Accordingly, the adoption of EITF Issue
No. 06-3, How Taxes Collected from Customers and
Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the
Income Statement (That is, Gross versus Net Presentation),
does not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Warranty
Costs
We sell products with a limited warranty for a period of one to
two years. In August 2007, we modified the warranty to offer a
five-year term on the ceramic components for new sales
agreements executed after August 7, 2007. We accrue for
warranty costs based on estimated product failure rates,
historical activity and expectations of future costs. We
periodically evaluate and adjust the warranty costs to the
extent actual warranty costs vary from the original estimates.
We may offer extended warranties on an exception basis and these
are accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board Technical
Bulletin 90-1,
Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and
Product Maintenance Contracts for Sales of Extended
Warranties.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based
employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the
provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, or APB 25, and
FASB Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain
Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation
of APB Opinion No. 25, or FIN 44, and had adopted the
disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, or SFAS 123, and SFAS No. 148,
Accounting for Share-Based CompensationTransition and
Disclosure, or SFAS 148.
In February 2005, we offered to each of our employees the option
to borrow from us an amount equal to the aggregate exercise
price for all of their outstanding options pursuant to full
recourse promissory notes at 3.76% interest, which are due in
February 2010. The interest rate on the notes was deemed to be
below market rate, resulting in a change in the deemed exercise
price for the options. As a result, we are accounting for these
options as variable option awards. For the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, we recorded
$135,000 and $195,000, respectively, of stock-based compensation
related to the options exercised with promissory notes. For
2007, 2006 and 2005, we recorded $783,000, $1.1 million and
$1.0 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation
related to the options exercised with promissory notes. All of
our executive officers and directors have subsequently repaid
their notes.
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment, using the prospective transition
method, which requires us to apply the provisions of
SFAS 123(R) only to awards granted, modified, repurchased
or cancelled after the adoption date. Upon adoption of
SFAS 123(R), we selected the Black-Scholes option pricing
model as the most appropriate method for determining the
estimated fair value for stock-based awards. The Black-Scholes
model requires the use of highly subjective and complex
assumptions to determine the fair value of stock-based awards,
including the options expected term and the price
volatility of the underlying stock. The value of the portion of
the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as
expense over the requisite vesting period on a straight-line
basis in our consolidated statements of operations and the
expense is reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R)
requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and
revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if
27
actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. For the years
ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 we recognized stock-based
compensation under SFAS 123(R) of $252,000 and $13,000,
respectively.
To determine the inputs for the Black-Scholes option pricing
model, we are required to develop several assumptions, which are
highly subjective. These assumptions include:
|
|
|
|
|
the length of our options lives, which is based on
anticipated future exercises;
|
|
|
|
our common stocks volatility;
|
|
|
|
the number of shares of common stock pursuant to which
options will ultimately be forfeited;
|
|
|
|
the risk-free rate of return; and
|
|
|
|
future dividends.
|
We use comparable public company data to determine volatility,
as our common stock has not yet been publicly traded. We use a
weighted average calculation to estimate the time our options
will be outstanding as prescribed by Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment. We
estimate the number of options that are expected to be forfeited
based on our historical experience and expected future
forfeiture patterns. The risk-free rate is based on the
U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
for the estimated life of the option. We use our judgment and
expectations in setting future dividend rates, which is
currently expected to be zero.
The absence of an active market for our common stock also
requires our management and board of directors to estimate the
fair value of our common stock for purposes of granting options
and for determining stock-based compensation expense. In
response to these requirements, our management and board of
directors estimate the fair market value of common stock on an
annual basis, based on factors such as the price of the most
recent common stock sales to investors, the valuations of
comparable companies, the status of our development and sales
efforts, our cash and working capital amounts, revenue growth
and additional objective and subjective factors relating to our
business.
The following table shows the stock option grants during 2007
and the three months ended March 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grants Made During the
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended,
|
|
Number of Options
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
69,200
|
|
|
$5.00
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
112,700
|
|
|
$5.00
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
|
92,400
|
|
|
$5.00
|
In 2007, our board of directors determined that the fair market
value of common stock for options granted that year was $5.00
per share. The fair value of the common stock for options
granted was estimated by our board of directors with input from
management and by reference to our stock price in conjunction
with the sale of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock at
$5.00 per share in a private placement to third parties in May
2007. In March 2008, we retained Finance Scholars Group, or FSG,
an independent valuation firm, to prepare independent analyses
of the value of our common stock for 2007, 2006 and 2005 related
to the grants of options on those shares. These valuations were
prepared in conformity with Uniform Standards of Professional
Appraisal Practice using standard methodologies for valuing
options. FSGs analysis used the discounted cash flow
methodology as well as trading multiples of companies in related
industries based on the comparability of revenue and cash
generation to estimate the fair value of the options as of each
valuation date. For the trading multiples, five publicly-traded
companies in related industries were selected based on
FSGs own research as well as information provided by our
investment bankers. Because EBITDA multiples were more variable
and less reliable than revenue multiples due to negative cash
flow in some periods for several of the selected comparable
companies, FSG relied on revenue multiples as a basis of
comparison. For the discounted cash flow valuation, the
projected cash flows were discounted at a rate that reflected
the trading variability of similar companies, risk-free bond
returns, equity risk and specific risks related to our company
and industry as of each valuation date. The discounted cash flow
methodology was used as confirming evidence of the
reasonableness of the trading multiple estimates. For 2005, FSG
relied on only trading multiples for the selected comparable
companies as there were no available contemporaneous cash flow
projections. For 2006, FSG used both discounted cash flow and
the trading multiples for the selected comparable companies to
determine values for the options. For 2007, FSG used pricing
from our private placement of common stock in May 2007, the
cash flow projections contained in the related private placement
memorandum and trading multiples for the selected comparable
companies. The concluded estimate of market value of shares in
each year was adjusted for the lack of marketability by using
discounts to reflect their lack of liquidity. FSGs
conclusion was that as of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the fair
market value of our common stock
28
was $5.00, $2.87 and $0.87, respectively, which was not
materially above or below the prices we used to estimate the
value of the options during those years.
Based on the initial public offering price of $8.50 per
share, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as
of March 31, 2008 was $7.9 million, of which
$3.2 million related to vested options and
$4.7 million related to unvested options.
For options granted during 2007 and the three months ended
March 31, 2008, we determined the fair value at date of
grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
following table summarizes the assumptions used in determining
the fair value of stock options granted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
March 31, 2008
|
|
December 31,
2007
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.46%
|
|
3.45%
|
Expected term
|
|
5 years
|
|
5 years
|
Dividend yield
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
We account for equity instruments issued in exchange for the
receipt of goods or services from non-employees in accordance
with the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force, or
EITF, in Issue
No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other
Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling,
Goods or Services. Costs are measured at the fair market
value of the consideration received or the fair value of the
equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably
measurable. The value of equity instruments issued for
consideration other than employee services is determined on the
earlier of the date on which there first exists a firm
commitment for performance by the provider of goods or services
or on the date performance is complete, using the Black-Scholes
pricing model.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using the weighted
average cost method) or market. We calculate inventory reserve
for excess and obsolete inventories based on estimated future
demand of the products and spare parts. Cost of inventory is
determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of
ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, or SFAS 151.
Allowances
for Doubtful Accounts
We record a provision for doubtful accounts based on our
historical experience and a detailed assessment of the
collectability of our accounts receivable. In estimating the
allowance for doubtful accounts, our management considers, among
other factors, (1) the aging of the accounts receivable,
(2) our historical write-offs, (3) the credit
worthiness of each customer and (4) general economic
conditions. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $107,000,
$121,000, $230,000 and $150,000 at March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. If we were
to experience unanticipated collections issues, it could have an
adverse affect on our operating results in future periods.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, or
SFAS 109, issued by the Financial Accounting Standards
Board, or FASB. SFAS 109 requires an entity to recognize
deferred tax liabilities and assets. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequence
attributable to the difference between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial
statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income
in the years in which those temporary differences are expected
to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets
and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income
in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation
allowances are provided if, based upon the available evidence,
management believes it is more likely than not that some or all
of the deferred assets will not be realized or the use of prior
years net operating losses may be limited.
On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or
FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes recognized in any entitys
financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 and
prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes
for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or
expected to be taken on a tax return. Under FIN 48, the
impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax
return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more
likely than not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant
taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be
recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being
sustained. Additionally, FIN 48 provides
29
guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on
January 1, 2007. Measurement under FIN 48 is based on
judgment regarding the largest amount that is greater than 50%
likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing
authority. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of
the date of adoption was immaterial. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48, there was no change to our tax
liability.
We adopted the accounting policy that interest recognized in
accordance with Paragraph 15 of FIN 48 and penalty
recognized in accordance with Paragraph 16 of FIN 48
are classified as part of income taxes. The amounts of interest
and penalty recognized in the statement of operations and
statement of financial position for 2007 were insignificant.
Our operations are subject to income and transaction taxes in
the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. Significant
estimates and judgments are required in determining our
worldwide provision for income taxes. Some of these estimates
are based on interpretations of existing tax laws or
regulations. The ultimate amount of tax liability may be
uncertain as a result.
We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states
and foreign jurisdictions. There are no ongoing examinations by
taxing authorities at this time. Our various tax years from 1997
through 2007 remain open in various taxing jurisdictions.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth certain data from our historical
operating results as a percentage of revenue for the years
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations (as a % of Net Revenue*):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding.
|
30
First
Quarter of 2008 Compared to First Quarter of 2007
Net
Revenue
Net revenue is reported net of volume discounts. We derive our
revenue principally from sales of our PX devices. Our net
revenue increased by $2.0 million, or 28%, to
$9.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2008
from $7.1 million in the three months ended March 31,
2007. These increases were principally due to higher sales of
our PX-220 device, which resulted primarily from increased
market acceptance of the device and the overall growth of the
desalination market. Prices were relatively constant for our PX
devices in the three months ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006. In the three months ended March 31, 2008, the sales
of PX devices accounted for approximately 91% of our revenue
increase, with pump sales accounting for approximately 6% of the
increase. In the three months ended March 31, 2007, the
sales of PX devices accounted for approximately 93% of the
increase, with pump sales accounting for approximately 3% of the
increase and spare parts and services accounting for the
remainder of the increase.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit represents our net revenue less our cost of
revenue. Our cost of revenue consists primarily of raw
materials, personnel costs (including stock-based compensation),
manufacturing overhead, warranty costs, capital costs, excess
and obsolete inventory expense, and manufactured components. The
largest component of our cost of revenue is raw materials,
principally ceramic materials, which we obtain from several
suppliers. Gross profit, as a percentage of net revenue,
remained relatively constant at 60% in the three months ended
March 31, 2008 from the three months ended March 31,
2007. Stock compensation expense included in cost of revenue was
$24,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2008 and
$25,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
Sales and
Marketing Expense
Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel
costs (including stock-based compensation), sales commissions,
marketing programs and facilities cost associated with sales and
marketing activities. Sales and marketing expense increased by
$152,000, or 13%, to $1.3 million in the three months ended
March 31, 2008 from $1.2 million in the three months
ended March 31, 2007. This increase was primarily related
to growth in our sales that resulted in higher headcount with
sales and marketing employees increasing to 16 at March 31,
2008 from 11 at March 31, 2007. Of the $152,000 increase in
sales and marketing expenses in the three months ended
March 31, 2008, $31,000 of such increase related to
compensation and employee related benefits, $56,000 related to
consultant fees, $28,000 related to travel and office expenses
and $63,000 related to sales and marketing efforts costs, offset
by a $16,000 decrease to occupancy. In addition, our sales team
is compensated in part by commissions, resulting in increased
sales expense as our sales levels increase. Stock-based
compensation expense included in sales and marketing expense was
$74,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2008 and
$71,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
As a percentage of our net revenue, sales and marketing expense
decreased to 15% in the three months ended March 31, 2008
from 17% in the three months ended March 31, 2007. The
decrease in the three months ended March 31, 2008 was
attributable principally to the increase in our net revenue that
quarter, which grew at a higher rate than our sales and
marketing expenses.
We plan to continue to invest heavily in sales and marketing by
increasing the number of our sales personnel and we expect sales
and marketing expenses in absolute dollars to increase in future
periods. Our sales personnel are not immediately productive and
therefore the increase in sales expense that we incur when we
add new sales personnel is not immediately offset by increased
revenue and may never result in increased revenue. The timing of
our hiring of new sales personnel and the rate at which they
generate incremental revenue could therefore affect our future
period-to-period financial performance.
General
and Administrative Expense
General and administrative expense consists primarily of
personnel (including stock-based compensation) and facilities
costs related to our executive, finance and human resources
organizations, as well as fees for professional services.
Professional services consist of fees for outside legal and
audit services and preparation for operating as a public company.
General and administrative expense increased by
$1.9 million, or 244%, to $2.7 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2008 from $773,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 2007. This increase reflected in
part the increase in general and administrative employees to 17
at March 31, 2008 from 11 at March 31, 2007.
As a percentage of our net revenue, general and administrative
expense was 29% in the three months ended March 31, 2008
and 11% in the three months ended March 31, 2007. The
primary reason for the increase in general and
31
administrative expenses was the costs associated the growth in
our operations and in preparing for our proposed initial public
offering, which resulted in higher headcount including the
recruitment of two officers, the rental of additional facility
space, the enhancement of systems and increased travel. With
respect to the $1.9 million increase in such expenses in
the three months ended March 31, 2008, $1.3 million
related to legal and accounting fees (which included $240,000 in
VAT taxes and $49,000 related to export credit insurance),
$368,000 related to compensation and employee-related benefits,
$59,000 related to occupancy costs, $45,000 related to software
licensing and support, $43,000 related to outside consultants
and $15,000 related to increased depreciation and patent
amortization. Stock-based compensation expense included in
general and administrative expense was $90,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 2008 and $106,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 2007.
We expect to incur significant additional accounting and legal
costs after this offering related to compliance with rules and
regulations implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, as well as
additional insurance, investor relations and other costs
associated with being a public company. Consequently, we expect
general and administrative expenses in absolute dollars to
increase in future periods.
Research
and Development Expense
Research and development expenses include costs associated with
the design, development, testing and enhancement of our
products. Research and development expenses include employee
compensation (including stock-based compensation), supplies and
materials, consulting expenses, travel and facilities overhead.
All research and development expenses are expensed as incurred.
Research and development expense increased by $120,000, or 31%,
to $509,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2008 from
$389,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2007. As a
percentage of our net revenue, research and development expense
increased to 6% in the three months ended March 31, 2008
from 5% in the three months ended March 31, 2007.
Compensation and employee-related benefits accounted for $88,000
of the increase, while consulting and legal services and
research and development accounted for another $67,000 of the
$120,000 increase from the three months ended March 31,
2007 to the three months ended March 31, 2008. Headcount in
our research and development department increased to eight at
March 31, 2008 from six at March 31, 2007. The
foregoing increases were offset by net expense decreases
totaling $35,000 in travel related expenses. Stock-based
compensation expense included in research and development
expense was $33,000 for the three months ended March 31,
2008 and $35,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2007.
We believe that continued spending on research and development
to develop new PX devices and other products is critical to our
success and, consequently, we expect to increase research and
development expenses in absolute dollars in future periods.
Other
Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net includes interest income on cash
balances and losses or gains on conversion of
non-United
States dollar transactions into United States dollars. Our
losses or gains on currency conversions have not been material
to date because our international sales have been denominated
principally in United States dollars, and our foreign currency
exposure risk has been limited to expense incurred in our
overseas operations. If we are successful in increasing our
international sales we may be subject to currency conversion
risks because some of the international sales could be
denominated in foreign currencies. We have historically invested
our available cash balances in money market funds, short-term
United States Treasury obligations and commercial paper.
Other income (expense), net increased by $629,000 to $626,000 in
the three months ended March 31, 2008 from $(3,000) in the
three months ended March 31, 2007. The increase in net
interest and other income from the three months ended
March 31, 2007 to the three months ended March 31,
2008 was primarily attributable to gains on foreign currency
transactions of $619,000 in the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and higher average cash balances, which
resulted in higher interest income in the three months ended
March 31, 2008 of $29,000, versus $15,000 in the three
months ended March 31, 2007.
2007
Compared to 2006 and 2005
Net
Revenue
Our net revenue increased by $15.4 million, or 77%, to
$35.4 million in 2007 from $20.1 million in 2006, and
by $9.4 million in 2006, or 88%, from $10.7 million in
2005. These increases were principally due to higher sales of
our PX-
32
220 device, which resulted primarily from increased market
acceptance of the device and the overall growth of the
desalination market. Prices were relatively constant for our PX
devices in 2007, 2006 and 2005. In 2007, the sales of PX devices
accounted for approximately 94% of our revenue increase with
pump sales accounting for approximately 4% of the increase. In
2006, the sales of PX devices accounted for approximately 92% of
the increase, with pump sales accounting for approximately 4% of
the increase and spare parts and services accounting for the
remainder of the increase.
The following geographic information includes net revenue to our
domestic and international customers based on the
customers requested delivery locations, except for certain
cases in which the customer directed us to deliver our products
to a location that differs from the known ultimate location of
use. In such cases, the ultimate location of use is reflected in
the table below instead of the delivery location. The amounts
below are in thousands, except percentage data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic net revenue
|
|
$
|
721
|
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
2,125
|
|
|
$
|
1,003
|
|
|
$
|
1,710
|
|
International net revenue
|
|
|
8,399
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
33,289
|
|
|
|
19,055
|
|
|
|
8,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenue
|
|
$
|
9,120
|
|
|
$
|
7,139
|
|
|
$
|
35,414
|
|
|
$
|
20,058
|
|
|
$
|
10,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue by country:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Algeria
|
|
|
49
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
United States
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Spain
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
China
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saudi Arabia
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
United Arab Emirates
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Others
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
Profit
Gross profit represents our net revenue less our cost of
revenue. Our cost of revenue consists primarily of raw
materials, personnel costs (including stock-based compensation),
manufacturing overhead, warranty costs, capital costs, excess
and obsolete inventory expense, and manufactured components. The
largest component of our cost of revenue is raw materials,
principally ceramic materials, which we obtain from several
suppliers. Gross profit, as a percentage of net revenue,
remained relatively constant at 58% in 2007 as compared to 59%
in 2006 and 56% in 2005. Stock compensation expense included in
cost of revenue was $117,000 in 2007, $143,000 in 2006 and
$88,000 in 2005.
Sales and
Marketing Expense
Sales and marketing expense increased by $1.6 million, or
43%, to $5.2 million in 2007 from $3.6 million in
2006, and by $1.9 million in 2006, or 105%, from
$1.8 million in 2005. These increases were primarily
related to growth in our sales that resulted in higher headcount
with sales and marketing employees increasing to seven at
December 31, 2007 from six at December 31, 2006 and
four at December 31, 2005. In addition, our sales team is
compensated in part by commissions, resulting in increased sales
expense as our sales levels increase.
As a percentage of our net revenue, sales and marketing expense
decreased to 15% in 2007 from 18% in 2006 and 17% in 2005. The
decrease in 2007 was attributable principally to the significant
increase in our net revenue that year, which grew at a greater
rate than our sales and marketing expenses.
With respect to the $1.6 million increase in sales and
marketing expenses in 2007, $734,000 of such increase related to
compensation and employee related benefits, $259,000 related to
consultant fees, $249,000 related to travel and related
expenses, $151,000 related to increased occupancy costs and
$125,000 related to sales and marketing efforts. From 2005 to
33
2006, $1.1 million of the $1.9 million increase
related to compensation and employee related benefits, while the
remaining increase was primarily comprised of $645,000 related
to outside marketing costs and $89,000 in increased lease
facilities. Stock-based compensation expense included in sales
and marketing expense was $372,000 in 2007, $310,000 in 2006 and
$86,000 in 2005.
General
and Administrative Expense
General and administrative expense increased by $927,000, or
28%, to $4.3 million in 2007 from $3.4 million in
2006, and by $915,000 in 2006, or 37%, from $2.5 million in
2005. These increases reflected in part the increase in general
and administrative employees to 13 at December 31, 2007
from eight at December 31, 2006 and from six at
December 31, 2005.
As a percentage of our net revenue, general and administrative
expense was 12% in 2007, 17% in 2006 and 23% in 2005. The
decrease of general and administrative expense as a percentage
of net revenue was attributable principally to the significant
increases in our net revenue.
The primary reason for the increase in general and
administrative expenses was the growth in our operations that
resulted in higher headcount including the recruitment of an
officer, renting of additional facility space, increased travel
and increased bank fees. With respect to the $927,000 increase
in such expenses in 2007, $513,000 related to compensation,
employee-related benefits and professional services fees,
$139,000 related to bank charges, $46,000 related to office
supplies and equipment, $89,000 related to occupancy costs, and
$349,000 related to other expenses (general recruiting, patent
amortization and travel), offset by $184,000 related to bad
debt. With respect to the $915,000 increase in 2006, $870,000
related to compensation, employee-related benefits and
professional service fees. Stock based compensation expense
included in general and administrative expense was $388,000 in
2007, $428,000 in 2006 and $731,000 in 2005.
Research
and Development Expense
Research and development expense increased by $438,000, or 35%,
to $1.7 million in 2007 from $1.3 million in 2006, and
by $637,000 in 2006, or 101%, from $630,000 in 2005. As a
percentage of our net revenue, research and development expense
decreased to 5% in 2007, from 6% in 2006 and in 2005.
Compensation, employee-related benefits, consulting services and
depreciation of development equipment accounted for $151,000 of
the $438,000 increase from 2006 to 2007. The remainder of the
increase in 2007 was primarily attributable to $173,000 in
product development costs and $98,000 in travel expense.
Compensation, employee-related benefits, consulting services and
depreciation of development equipment accounted for $413,000 of
the $637,000 increase from 2005 to 2006. Stock-based
compensation expense included in research and development
expense was $159,000 in 2007, $183,000 in 2006 and $98,000 in
2005.
Other
Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net increased by $432,000 to $413,000 in
2007 from $(19,000) in 2006, and decreased by $162,000 to
$(19,000) in 2006 from $(182,000) in 2005. The increase in net
interest and other income from 2006 to 2007 was primarily
attributable to gains on foreign currency transactions of
$355,000 in 2007 and higher average cash balances, which
resulted in higher interest income in 2007. The decrease in net
interest expense from 2005 to 2006 was primarily attributable to
a reduction in the use of the line of credit and associated
interest expense due to increased profitability.
34
Quarterly
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly
consolidated statement of operations data for each of our eight
fiscal quarters in the period ended March 31, 2008. The
quarterly data have been prepared on the same basis as the
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus, and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation
of this information. Our results for these quarterly periods are
not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full
year or any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Quarterly Results of Operations*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
9,120
|
|
|
$
|
13,845
|
|
|
$
|
10,978
|
|
|
$
|
3,452
|
|
|
$
|
7,139
|
|
|
$
|
9,277
|
|
|
$
|
1,314
|
|
|
$
|
4,559
|
|
|
$
|
4,908
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,446
|
|
|
|
7,517
|
|
|
|
6,882
|
|
|
|
1,878
|
|
|
|
4,285
|
|
|
|
5,643
|
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
|
2,735
|
|
|
|
2,981
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
1,443
|
|
|
|
1,372
|
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
1,348
|
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
General administrative
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
1,513
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
|
1,376
|
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
|
592
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
4,513
|
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
2,817
|
|
|
|
2,624
|
|
|
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
3,264
|
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
1,769
|
|
|
|
1,517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
4,077
|
|
|
|
4,065
|
|
|
|
(746)
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
(1,169)
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
|
1,464
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
|
$
|
2,701
|
|
|
$
|
2,397
|
|
|
$
|
(424)
|
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
1,557
|
|
|
$
|
(782)
|
|
|
$
|
648
|
|
|
$
|
959
|
|
Net income per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01)
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02)
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01)
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.02)
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Quarterly results may not add up to
annual results due to rounding.
|
The following table sets forth our historical quarterly
operating results as a percentage of net revenue for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended,
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
|
Sept. 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(as a % of Net Revenue*)
|
|
|
Quarterly Income Summary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
General administrative
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
(22)
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(89)
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
(12)
|
%
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
|
|
(60)
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Percentages may not add up to 100%
due to rounding.
|
Net Revenue. Net revenue increased by
$2.0 million, or 28%, to $9.1 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2008 from $7.1 million in the
three months ended March 31, 2007. Although annual net
revenue increased by $15.3 million, or 77%, to
$35.4 million in 2007 from $20.1 million in 2006,
there were significant fluctuations in quarterly revenue in 2007
and 2006. Such fluctuations are due to the fact that a
particular order from an EPC customer can represent significant
revenue and that the postponement or cancellation of a large
order can have a significant impact. In addition, as a result of
EPC buying patterns, a higher proportion of our sales occurs in
the fourth quarter compared to other quarters of the year. EPCs
recognize revenue and services fees as a function of the
equipment they procure and install. Because the fiscal year of
35
most of these companies ends on December 31, EPCs tend to
increase their purchase of our PX units and other plant
equipment in the fourth quarter.
Gross Profit. The quarterly changes in gross profit
were mainly a result of the fluctuations in net revenue. From
quarter to quarter, our fixed costs have generally remained
constant, and thus changes to revenue caused corresponding
changes to our gross profit. Some of the more significant
components of our fixed costs are salaries, manufacturing
overhead and insurance. Because our variable costs make up a
significant percentage of our cost of revenue, the largest
components of which are materials, incremental labor costs and
overtime, our variable costs mitigated somewhat the effects of
revenue fluctuations on our gross profit.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing
expenses generally grew incrementally as a result of growth in
our sales organization. Due to commissions, such expenses are
generally highest in the fourth quarter as sales are typically
greatest in that quarter.
Fluctuations in Quarterly Results. Our quarterly
results of operation have fluctuated significantly in the past
and are expected to fluctuate significantly in the future due to
a number of factors, many of which are not in our control. We
believe period to period comparisons are not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as indicative of future
results. See Risk FactorsOur operating results may
fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating
results difficult to predict and could cause our operating
results to fall below expectations or our guidance.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
As of March 31, 2008, our principal sources of liquidity
consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $1.9 million and
accounts receivable of $11.0 million. As of
December 31, 2007, our principal sources of liquidity
consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $240,000 and accounts
receivable of $12.9 million. Our cash and cash equivalents
are invested primarily in money market funds.
Our primary source of cash historically has been proceeds from
the issuance of common stock and customer payments for our
products and services. From January 1, 2005 through
March 31, 2008, we issued common stock for aggregate net
proceeds of $6.5 million. The proceeds from the sales of
common stock have been used to fund our operations and capital
expenditures.
On December 1, 2005, we entered into an agreement with a
financial institution for a $2.0 million revolving note, or
revolving note, and a $222,000 fixed rate-installment note, or
fixed note, with maturity dates of December 1, 2006,
subsequently extended to March 1, 2007, and
December 15, 2010, respectively. The revolving note bears
interest of base rate or LIBOR-based rate as elected by us. The
interest rate was amended on April 26, 2006 to modify the
definition of base rate and increase the rate to base rate plus
1% or LIBOR plus 2.5%. The fixed note bears an annual interest
rate of 10%. These notes are secured by our accounts receivable,
inventories, property, equipment and other general intangibles
except for intellectual property.
On April 26, 2006, we also entered into a loan and security
agreement with the financial institution for an additional
$2.0 million credit facility with a maturity date of
December 1, 2006, subsequently extended to March 1,
2007. The credit facility advances bear interest rates of base
rate plus 1% or LIBOR plus 2.5%. The credit facility is secured
by our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
inventory, property and other general intangibles except for
intellectual property.
On December 7, 2006, the revolving note was amended to
increase the face amount of the note to $3.5 million.
On March 1, 2007, we renewed the revolving note and the
loan and security agreement, or the first modification, to a
maturity date of March 31, 2008. Additional amended terms
under the first modification were an interest rate change to
base rate or LIBOR plus 2.5%, limitation of advances to a
borrowing base, various reporting requirements and our
satisfaction of certain financial ratios and covenants.
On March 28, 2007, we modified the loan and security
agreement, or the second modification, to add a
$1.0 million equipment promissory note. The equipment
promissory note bears an interest rate of cost of funds plus 3%
and matures August 31, 2012. Additional amended terms under
the second modification were changes to the financial ratios and
covenants that we are required to maintain.
As of December 31, 2006, borrowings outstanding on the
revolving note and the fixed note were $438,000 and $177,000,
respectively. There were no borrowings under the credit
facility. The interest rate for the revolving note elected by us
was the base rate at 9.25%. We were in compliance with all
covenants under the loan and security agreement.
As of December 31, 2007 there were no borrowings under the
revolving note and the credit facility. The amounts outstanding
on the fixed note and the equipment promissory note were
$133,000 and $596,000, respectively at December 31,
36
2007. The interest rate for the equipment promissory note at
December 31, 2007 was 7.81%. We were in compliance with all
covenants under the loan and security agreement.
On March 27, 2008, we entered into a new credit agreement
with our existing financial institution that replaced the
$2.0 million credit facility and the $3.5 million
revolving note. The new credit facility allows borrowings of up
to $9.0 million on a revolving basis at LIBOR plus 2.75%.
This new credit facility expires on September 30, 2008 and
is secured by our accounts receivable, inventories, property,
equipment and other intangibles except intellectual property. We
are subject to certain financial and administrative covenants
under the new credit agreement. As of March 31, 2008, we
were non-compliant with one financial covenant related to a
minimum financial ratio. Subsequent to March 31, 2008, the
lender granted a waiver for this non-compliance and the credit
agreement was amended effective May 29, 2008 to change such
covenant.
During 2007, 2006 and 2005, we provided certain customers with
irrevocable standby letters of credit to secure our obligations
for the delivery of products in accordance with sales
arrangements. These letters of credit were issued under our
revolving note credit facility and generally terminate within
eight months from issuance. At December 31, 2007 the
amounts outstanding on the letters of credit totaled
approximately $2.2 million.
We have unbilled receivables pertaining to customer contractual
holdback provisions, whereby we invoice the final installment
due under a sales contract six to 24 months after the
product has been shipped to the customer and revenue has been
recognized. Long-term unbilled receivables as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of unbilled
receivables from customers due more than one year subsequent to
period end. The customer holdbacks represent amounts intended to
provide a form of security for the customer rather than a form
of long-term financing; accordingly, these receivables have not
been discounted to present value. At December 31, 2007, we
had $1.7 million of current unbilled receivables and
$2.5 million of non-current unbilled receivables.
Cash
Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash (used in) or provided by operating activities was
$(351,000) and $188,000 during the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the three months
ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, cash provided by net income
of $947,000 and $1.1 million, respectively, was adjusted to
$757,000 and $1.4 million, respectively, by non-cash items
(depreciation, amortization, gains and losses on foreign
exchange, stock-based compensation, provisions for doubtful
accounts, warranty reserves and excess and obsolete inventory)
totaling $(190,000) and $259,000, respectively.
Within changes in assets and liabilities, changes in accounts
and unbilled receivables used $(469,000) in cash in the three
months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $(1,343) used in
the three months ended March 31, 2007 due to a 28%, or
$2.0 million increase in net sales offset with the timing
of invoices for large projects at the end of the period. Changes
in inventory used $(1.6) million in cash in the three
months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $(78,000) used in
the three months ended March 31, 2007 primarily as a result
of the growth of our business. Changes in prepaids used
$(2.3) million in cash in the three months ended
March 31, 2008 compared to $(14,000) used in the three
months ended March 31, 2007 primarily resulted from
professional fees related to our initial public offering.
Changes in account payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue
and customer deposits provided $4.4 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2008 compared to $5,000 provided in
the three months ended March 31, 2007 due to the timing of
payments and growth of our business. Changes in income taxes
payable payable used $(1.1) million in the three months
ended March 31, 2008 compared to $240,000 provided in the
three months ended March 31, 2007 due to the timing of
payments of taxes.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was
$(2.8) million and $822,000 for 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The $3.7 million increase in net cash used in
operating activities from 2006 to 2007 was primarily
attributable to increases in accounts and unbilled receivables.
Within changes in assets and liabilities, changes in accounts
and unbilled receivables used $(9.2) million in cash in
2007 compared to $(3.2) million used in 2006 due to the
timing of invoices for large projects at the end of 2007, along
with a 77%, or $15.4 million, increase in net sales for the
year. Changes in inventory used $(2.0) million in cash in
2007 compared to $(960,000) in 2006 primarily as a result of the
growth of our business. Changes in accounts payable provided
$583,000 in 2007 compared to $270,000 in 2006 due to the timing
of payments. Changes in accrued liabilities provided $214,000 in
2007 compared to $1.0 million in 2006, primarily due to
timing of payments. Changes in deferred revenue provided
$343,000 in 2007 compared to $115,000 in 2006, primarily due to
increased sales.
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $822,000
in 2006 and $(694,000) in 2005. The $1.5 million decrease
in net cash used in operating activities from 2005 to 2006 was
primarily attributable to a $1.5 million increase in net
income.
Within changes in assets and liabilities, changes in accounts
and unbilled receivables used $(3.2) million in cash in
2006 compared to $(3.1) million in 2005. Changes in
inventory used $(960,000) in cash in 2006 compared to $(901,000)
in
37
2005 primarily as a result of the growth of our business.
Changes in accounts payable provided $270,000 in cash in 2006
compared to $346,000 in 2005 due to the timing of payments.
Changes in accrued liabilities provided $1.0 million in
cash in 2006 compared to $(23,000) in 2005, primarily due to
increased accrued bonuses and deferred revenue. Changes in
deferred revenue provided $115,000 in cash in 2006 compared to
$30,000 in 2005, primarily due to increased business.
Cash
Flows from Investing Activities
Cash flows from investing activities primarily relate to capital
expenditures to support our growth, as well as increases in our
restricted cash used to collateralize our letters of credit.
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities was
$1.5 million and $441,000 in the three months ended
March 31, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The increase in net
cash provided by investing activities was primarily attributable
to the availability of restricted cash that was previously used
to offset various letters of credit.
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities was
$(2.0) million in 2007, $(511,000) in 2006 and
$(1.0) million in 2005. $1.0 million of the increase
in net cash used in investing activities from 2006 to 2007 was
attributable to the increase in restricted cash balances along
with $918,000 used for the purchase of property and equipment.
The decrease in net cash used in investing activities from 2005
to 2006 was primarily attributable to fewer purchases of
property, plant and equipment.
Cash
Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $488,000
and $(450,000) in the three months ended March 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively. The change in cash flows in financing
activities was primarily attributable to the repayment of a
promissory note by a shareholder in the amount of $518,000.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.1 million
in 2007 and net cash used was $(530,000) in 2006. Net cash
provided by financing activities was $1.9 million in 2005.
The increase in net cash provided by financing activities in
2007 was primarily attributable to our issuance of common stock
in a private placement.
We believe that our existing cash balances, together with the
anticipated net proceeds from this offering and cash generated
from our operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated
capital requirements for at least the next 12 months.
However, we may need to raise additional capital or incur
additional indebtedness to continue to fund our operations in
the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many
factors, including our rate of revenue growth, if any, the
expansion of our sales and marketing and research and
development activities, the timing and extent of our expansion
into new geographic territories, the timing of introductions of
new products and the continuing market acceptance of our
products. Although we currently are not a party to any agreement
or letter of intent with respect to potential material
investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses,
services or technologies, we may enter into these types of
arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek
additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be
available on terms favorable to us or at all.
Contractual
Obligations
The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of
December 31, 2007 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
Total
|
|
1 Year
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
5 Years
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
$
|
729
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
$
|
472
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
$
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations (including interest)*
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,711
|
|
$
|
633
|
|
$
|
993
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Present
value of net minimum capital lease payments is $101, as
reflected on the balance sheet.
|
In the course of our normal operations, we also entered into
purchase commitments with our suppliers for various key raw
materials and component parts. The purchase commitments covered
by these arrangements are subject to change based on our sales
forecasts for future deliveries. As of March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, purchase commitments with our suppliers
were approximately $7.3 million and $8.1 million,
respectively.
38
This table excludes agreements with guarantees or indemnity
provisions that we have entered into with, among others,
customers and OEMs in the ordinary course of business. Based on
our historical experience and information known to us as of
March 31, 2008, we believe that our exposure related to
these guarantees and indemnities as of March 31, 2008 was
not material.
Supplier
Concentration
Certain of the raw materials and components that we use in the
manufacturing of our products are available from a limited
number of suppliers. We do not enter into long-term supply
contracts with these suppliers. For instance, we purchase the
ceramic components for the PX device pursuant to standard
purchase orders that specify the quantity and price of various
component parts to be delivered over a three-month period. We
then update the pricing and quantity of our purchase orders
based upon our most current forecast on a quarterly basis.
Shortages could occur in these essential materials and
components due to an interruption of supply or increased demand
in the industry. If we are unable to procure certain of such
materials or components, we would be required to reduce our
manufacturing operations, which could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.
For the three months ended March 31, 2008, four suppliers
(of which three were ceramics suppliers) represented
approximately 73% of our total purchases. As of March 31,
2008, approximately 54% of our accounts payable were due to
these suppliers. For the three months ended March 31, 2007,
three suppliers (of which two were ceramics suppliers)
represented approximately 69% of our total purchases.
For 2007, 2006 and 2005, three suppliers (of which two were
ceramics suppliers) represented approximately 66%, 71% and 62%,
respectively, of our total purchases. As of December 31,
2007 and 2006, approximately 60% and 77%, respectively, of our
accounts payable were due to these suppliers.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
During the periods presented, we did not have any relationships
with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as
entities often referred to as structured finance or special
purpose entities, which would have been established for the
purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other
contractually narrow or limited purpose.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS 157. SFAS 157
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair
value, and enhances fair value measurement disclosure. In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
157-1,
Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement
No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address
Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or
Measurement under Statement 13, or
FSP 157-1,
and
FSP 157-2,
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, or
FSP 157-2.
FSP 157-1
amends SFAS 157 to remove certain leasing transactions from
its scope.
FSP 157-2
delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all non-financial
assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are
recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial
statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until the
beginning of the first quarter of 2009. The measurement and
disclosure requirements related to financial assets and
financial liabilities are effective for us beginning in the
first quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS 157 for
financial assets and financial liabilities in the three months
ended March 31, 2008 did not have a significant impact on
our consolidated financial statements. We are currently
evaluating the impact that SFAS 157 will have on our
consolidated financial statements when it is applied to
non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities beginning in
the first quarter of 2009.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, or SFAS 159. SFAS 159 permits
companies to choose to measure certain financial instruments and
other items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized
gains and losses are reported in earnings for items measured
using the fair value option. SFAS 159 is effective for us
beginning in the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of
SFAS 159 did not have an impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF Issue
No. 07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development
Activities, or
EITF 07-3.
EITF 07-3
requires non-refundable advance payments for goods and services
to be used in future research and development activities to be
recorded as assets and the payments to be expensed when the
research and development activities are performed.
EITF 07-3
applies prospectively to new contractual arrangements entered
into beginning in the first quarter of 2008. Prior to adoption,
we recognized these non-refundable advance payments as an
expense upon payment. The adoption of
EITF 07-3
did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
39
In December 2007, the SEC issued SAB 110 to amend the
SECs views discussed in SAB 107 regarding the use of
the simplified method in developing an estimate of expected life
of share options in accordance with SFAS 123R. SAB 110
is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2008. As
of December 31, 2007, we did not use the simplified method
and the adoption of SAB 107, as amended by SAB 110,
did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141
(revised 2007), Business Combinations, or
FAS 141(R). FAS 141(R) will change how business
acquisitions are accounted for. FAS 141(R) is effective for
fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The
adoption of FAS 141(R) is not expected to have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 51. SFAS No. 160
establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership
interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent,
the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent
and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parents
ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling
equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated.
SFAS No. 160 also establishes disclosure requirements
that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of
the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners.
SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 160
is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Foreign
Currency Risk
Most of our sales contracts have been denominated in United
States dollars, and therefore our revenue historically has not
been subject to foreign currency risk. As we expand our
international sales, we expect that an increasing portion of our
revenue could be denominated in foreign currencies. As a result,
our cash and cash equivalents and operating results could be
increasingly affected by changes in exchange rates. Our
international sales and marketing operations incur expense that
is denominated in foreign currencies. This expense could be
materially affected by currency fluctuations. Our exposures are
to fluctuations in exchange rates for the United States dollar
versus the Euro. Changes in currency exchange rates could
adversely affect our consolidated operating results or financial
position. Additionally, our international sales and marketing
operations maintain cash balances denominated in foreign
currencies. In order to decrease the inherent risk associated
with translation of foreign cash balances into our reporting
currency, we have not maintained excess cash balances in foreign
currencies. We have not hedged our exposure to changes in
foreign currency exchange rates because expenses in foreign
currencies have been insignificant to date, and exchange rate
fluctuations have had little impact on our operating results and
cash flows.
Interest
Rate Risk
We had cash and cash equivalents totalling $1.9 million,
$240,000, $42,000 and $261,000 at March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These
amounts were invested primarily in money market funds. The
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are held for working
capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading
or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any
material exposure to changes in the fair value as a result of
changes in interest rates due to the short term nature of our
cash equivalents and short-term investments. Declines in
interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income.
40
INDUSTRY
The demand for fresh water continues to escalate, driven by the
need for drinking water to satisfy the worlds growing
population, changing weather patterns, an increasing need for
water for agriculture and industry and the concentration of
populations in urban areas that lack sufficient fresh water
resources. For example, according to the World Water Council,
approximately 260 gallons of water are needed to produce
2.2 pounds of wheat and 3,380 gallons of water are
needed to produce 2.2 pounds of beef. The power industry is
also a large consumer of water, as water is critical to the
cooling processes used in fossil fuel and nuclear plants and in
the production of biofuels. The United Nations Population Fund
expects the global consumption of water to double every
20 years. A study conducted by the International Water
Management Institute projects that by 2025, 33% of the
population of the developing world will face severe water
shortages. The uneven geographic distribution of fresh water
supplies compounds this problem. Even in water-rich nations,
population growth, environmental regulation and irrigation needs
are placing constraints on existing water resources.
The United Nations Environmental Program estimates that by 2010,
80% of the worlds population will live within 100
kilometers of a sea coast. With the growth of population centers
along coastal areas and improvements in technology,
desalination, once a luxury of oil-rich Middle Eastern countries
and large-scale resorts, is rapidly becoming an economically
viable alternative in many regions where traditional fresh water
sources are becoming increasingly stressed. According to the
February/March 2008 issue of International
Desalination & Water Reuse Quarterly, there are
approximately 14,000 desalination plants installed worldwide.
Global Water Intelligence, or GWI, estimates that as of
December 31, 2005, there were 39.9 million cubic
meters per day of installed capacity, and that the growth in the
market for new total desalination capacity should increase by
approximately 13% per year from
2005-2015.
We expect SWROs share of new total desalination capacity
to grow in excess of the overall industry growth rate
particularly due to higher energy costs.
Desalination is the process of removing salt and other minerals
and solids from water. The process is most commonly used to
derive fresh water from sea water or brackish water. Brackish
water is water that has more salinity than fresh water, but not
as much as sea water, and is found in certain lakes, marshes,
deltas, rivers and bays. The higher the salinity of the source
water, the greater the energy required in the desalination
process. We target the sea water segment of the desalination
industry, which is the dominant segment of the market. More
specifically, we operate primarily in the sea water reverse
osmosis, or SWRO, sector of the sea water desalination market.
Desalination
Market by Feedwater
Source: GWI, Desalination Markets
2007
Sea Water
Desalination
Currently there are two basic methods of sea water desalination:
|
|
|
|
|
thermal, which uses heat to evaporate fresh water from
salt water; and
|
|
|
|
SWRO, which uses high pressure to drive salt water through
membranes, leaving concentrate behind.
|
The choice of processes depends largely on the cost of power.
Thermal processes require more energy than SWRO processes
because of the high energy required to boil water. Advances in
SWRO processes, such as the use of more efficient energy
recovery devices and membranes, have dramatically decreased the
associated energy cost, making it the preferred method in
regions where energy costs are high.
41
Thermal
Desalination
Thermal desalination is the process of boiling water and
condensing the vapor into fresh water. Because thermal
desalination processes are energy intensive, the process is
generally only viable for large-scale plants built primarily in
oil-rich regions such as the Middle East where the cost of power
is low. Although in recent years thermal technologies have
evolved to require less net power consumption, these advances
have not been able to achieve the reduced levels of energy
consumption associated with SWRO. As a result, thermal plants
continue to be constructed primarily in regions with low energy
costs.
SWRO
Desalination
SWRO desalination uses high pressure to drive fresh water from
sea water through reverse osmosis membranes. The pressure
required for this process depends upon the permeability of the
membranes and salinity of the water. As an example, brackish
water desalination requires less pressure than sea water
desalination due to its lower salinity. Technology advances have
increased membrane permeability, lowering the pressure required
while improving salt filtration. However, without an energy
recovery device a significant amount of energy would be lost in
the reject stream. Effective recovery of the energy contained
within the reject stream has made the SWRO process significantly
more energy efficient and economically attractive. The evolution
of energy recovery devices for SWRO began with the use of the
Pelton wheel in 1984, followed by the hydraulic turbocharger in
1992 and most recently isobaric technologies, including our PX
device, which became commercially available in 1997.
SWRO
versus Thermal
Declining SWRO desalination costs due to improved technology and
increasing energy costs have made SWRO desalination the
preferred method of water production in regions where the cost
of energy is high and fresh water is scarce. Consequently,
according to GWI, the share of total new contracted desalination
capacity using SWRO has increased from approximately 42% in 1999
to approximately 71% in 2006, and is expected to continue to
increase.
The surge in desalination project activity since 1990 is
primarily due to advances in SWRO technology, including energy
recovery devices and membranes, which have significantly reduced
the cost of producing fresh water from sea water. According to
GWI, using SWRO technology, the cost of producing a cubic meter
of fresh water from sea water, which averaged approximately $10
per cubic meter in the mid-1960s, had dropped to as low as
$0.46 per cubic meter by 2005. As shown below, energy costs
associated with the SWRO process are approximately 50% less than
those associated with the traditional thermal desalination
process.
Relative
Operating Costs of the Desalination Process as of 2006
Source: GWI, Desalination Markets 2007
42
Energy
Recovery Devices
Wheel
Technology
When SWRO was first commercialized on a large scale in 1984,
engineers used existing water wheel technology, the Pelton
wheel, which was first developed in 1880 in connection with gold
mining, to recover the pressure energy from the reject stream.
The Pelton wheel works by directing the high-pressure reject
stream at a bucket wheel mounted on the same shaft as the
high-pressure feed water pump, thereby recycling energy back
into the SWRO process. However, as energy is transferred from
the reject stream back into the feed water stream utilizing the
Pelton wheel and pump system, energy is lost.
In the late 1980s, the hydraulic turbocharger was
developed as an alternate energy recovery device for SWRO
plants. Similar to the Pelton wheel, the hydraulic turbocharger
uses a turbine to recover energy and transfers the energy back
into the SWRO process with a high-pressure pump. While the
hydraulic turbocharger was slightly more efficient than the
Pelton wheel because of its higher rotating speed, it suffered
from similar inefficiencies due to similar design
characteristics.
Isobaric
Technology
In 1975, the first isobaric technology device was piloted in
Bermuda. In contrast to the Pelton wheel and turbocharger
technology, isobaric technology employs a pressure equalizing
method to transfer energy from the membrane reject stream
directly to the membrane feed stream, bypassing the need to
convert energy from the high pressure rejection stream into
mechanical form. This direct positive displacement approach
results in significantly higher transfer efficiency rates.
During the 1990s, the Dual Work Exchanger Energy Recovery,
or DWEER, was developed and initially used in the
manufacturers SWRO plants in the Caribbean as a slow cycle
isobaric energy recovery device. According to its manufacturer,
Calder AG, the DWEER system attains efficiency rates of up to
97%. The DWEER system utilizes a piston and valve system in a
high pressure batch process with large pressure vessels, similar
to a steam locomotive, to capture and transfer the energy lost
in the membrane reject stream. While the DWEER attains high
rates of efficiency, it suffers from its large size, mechanical
complexity with numerous moving parts that undergo millions of
cycles per year, and corrosion potential due to its metal
composition.
In early 1997, we introduced the initial version of our energy
recovery device, the PX. In November 1997, we introduced and
marketed our first ceramic-based PX device. Our PX device
represented an advance in the available technology by utilizing
ceramic construction and a rotating chamber design with only one
moving part.
Desalination
Growth Regions
Significant growth is forecasted in the broader desalination
industry, which includes sea water, brackish and all other types
of feedwater. According to GWI, countries such as Australia,
Algeria, China and India are expected to achieve compound annual
growth of at least 20% from 2005 to 2015.
43
Projected
Desalination Installed CapacityAll Feedwater Types
(2005-2015)
Source: GWI, Desalination Markets 2007
Middle
East and North Africa
The Middle East dominates the desalination industry, accounting
for approximately 70% of total contracted capacity in 2005,
according to GWI
19th Annual
Desalting Plant Inventory. As reported by ULTRAPURE WATER, the
Arab states alone will need to spend $100 billion on
desalination over the next 10 years. During 2007, several
SWRO plants were contracted in Kuwait, Oman, Israel and the
United Arab Emirates. Algeria and Saudi Arabia accounted for
almost half of 2005 contracted capacity. All of Algerias
2005 contracted capacity was SWRO while Saudi Arabias SWRO
capacity made up 17% of its total 2005 contracted capacity. This
statistic demonstrates that in many oil rich Middle East
countries traditional thermal desalination persists due to the
abundance of subsidized power.
The recent emergence of large SWRO desalination plant projects
in the Middle East, such as Al Fujairiah in the United Arab
Emirates (170,000 cubic meters per day) and Shoiaba in Saudi
Arabia (150,000 cubic meters per day), may demonstrate the
beginning of a shift to SWRO, even where power has been
historically inexpensive. Thermal desalination plants, typically
located adjacent to power plants, pose an efficiency constraint
for power generators. Power generators that would otherwise
reduce power generation during off-peak seasons to cut costs,
must continue operating at peak because the thermal desalination
process necessitates continuity of operations. Many Middle East
operators are turning to hybrid SWRO/thermal plants to
accommodate off-peak usage periods. In addition, high
maintenance and building costs associated with thermal plant
construction may shift preferences to SWRO plants which are less
expensive to build and operate. Specifically, thermal
desalination plants are constructed of nickel/chromium based
alloy metals to avoid corrosion, and these metals have
experienced price increases in recent years.
Algeria is currently one of the most active desalination markets
outside the Persian Gulf region. GWI predicts that Algeria will
install 2.6 million cubic meters per day by 2010 and
4.5 million cubic meters per day by 2015.
Europe
The most significant European market to date has been Spain.
Spain utilizes SWRO plants built by large Spanish EPC
consortiums. Spains Plan Hidrológico Nacional, which
initially favored transferring water from the Ebro River to
Spains dry southern Mediterranean coast, changed its
strategy in 2004 in favor of the construction of multiple SWRO
desalination sites under a fast-track development program called
Acuamed.
United
States
While the U.S. market currently utilizes reverse osmosis
primarily for brackish water, 1.2 to 1.7 million cubic
meters of SWRO capacity are under consideration, according to
GWI. However, permits, environmental impact studies and project
financing present steep initial hurdles for U.S. municipalities.
The most promising regions for SWRO are populated coastal areas,
particularly California, Texas and Florida. California, in
particular, is a potential locus for SWRO desalination.
Population growth on the West Coast and environmental pressures
place continued strain on the Colorado River.
44
The Affordable Desalination Collaboration, or ADC, project seeks
to demonstrate to California municipalities that with state of
the art technology, SWRO desalination is a cost effective
alternative to traditional water sources. ADC also promotes the
use of the PX technology in SWRO water projects.
Asia
Pacific
Australia, China and India all represent large-scale SWRO
opportunities. Asia Pacific countries have large populations in
water stressed regions that border oceans. In particular, India,
with its high population growth, offers a significant SWRO
opportunity due to an accelerated use of water for irrigation,
rapid industrialization and improving living standards. At the
same time, existing water resources are diminishing. According
to GWI, India currently accounts for 31% of the Asia Pacific
regions contracted capacity.
In Australia, drought has played a significant role in the
political decision to move forward on large SWRO plants.
Australias major population centers border the coast. The
commissioning of a desalination plant in Perth (143,000 cubic
meters per day) marked a major milestone for Australia.
According to GWI, Australia built approximately 100,000 cubic
meters per day of new capacity in the
20012005
period, and it is expected to add approximately 1.4 million
cubic meters per day between 2006 and 2010.
GWI expects that Chinas desalination capacity will grow
approximately 24% per annum from approximately 600,000 cubic
meters per day in 2005 to over 5.3 million cubic meters per
day by 2015. As the Chinese economy moves towards a free market,
the water sector is expected to operate on a more commercial
basis. For example, in Shanghai and Pudong the water utilities
have become privatized. We believe that as such privatization
continues, considerations of water production costs will lead to
the commissioning of further SWRO plants that utilize our PX
technology. Over the last five years, our PX device was selected
for 14 new SWRO plants, which we believe represent a majority of
the new SWRO plants commissioned during the same period.
45
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading global developer and manufacturer of highly
efficient energy recovery devices utilized in the rapidly
growing water desalination industry. We operate primarily in the
sea water reverse osmosis, or SWRO, segment of the industry.
SWRO uses pressure to drive salt water through filtering
membranes to produce fresh water. Energy recovery devices have
increased the cost-competitiveness of SWRO desalination compared
to other means of fresh water supply and has enabled the ongoing
rapid growth of the SWRO segment of the desalination industry
worldwide. Our primary product, the PX Pressure Exchanger, or
PX, helps optimize the energy intensive SWRO process by
recapturing and recycling up to 98% of the energy in the high
pressure reject stream, thereby reducing energy consumption by
an estimated 60% as compared to a plant without any energy
recovery devices.
We believe that the proven benefits of our proprietary
technology have made us a leader in the SWRO energy recovery
market due to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Up to 98% energy recovery efficiency. The PX
device achieves high efficiency by minimizing energy loss. The
tight fit between the ceramic components in a PX device
minimizes leakage inside the device. In addition, the flow paths
through the device are relatively open such that losses due to
friction are minimized. Because losses are minimized, the energy
output of the PX device is only slightly less than the energy
input. This ratio is measured in terms of efficiency.
|
|
|
|
Proprietary design employing only one moving
part. The only moving part in the PX device is the
ceramic rotor, which is surrounded by a ceramic sleeve and two
end covers. The narrow gap between the rotor and surrounding
components fills with high-pressure water which serves as a
nearly frictionless hydrodynamic bearing. The combination of the
extreme durability of ceramic and the low-friction bearing
design results in very little wear over time.
|
|
|
|
Corrosion resistant, highly durable ceramic
composition. The advanced ceramic material used in the
PX device is corrosion resistant, rigid and three times stronger
than steel. This allows us to design the rotor and the sleeve to
have and maintain narrow clearances despite the high operating
pressures to which these devices are exposed and speeds at which
they operate. These narrow clearances allow sea water to act as
a lubricant, minimizing wear and leakage losses.
|
|
|
|
Small footprint, modular design and system
redundancy. Our PX devices are available in a range of
standard product sizes. Higher capacities are achieved by
arranging multiple devices in parallel. Customers specify the
number of devices necessary for a given application, and
additional capacity is provided by adding units. Further, due to
the parallel arrangement of the PX devices, if one PX unit in an
array should fail, the desalination plant can continue to
operate.
|
|
|
|
Lower life cycle cost versus competitors. Some
of our competitors may price their energy recovery devices below
that of our product. However, because of the PX devices
high efficiency, durability, corrosion resistance, and modular
design that allows for system redundancy, resulting in minimal
plant shutdowns for PX device maintenance, we believe our
product is the most cost effective energy recovery device
alternative in the long term.
|
The PX device uses highly durable, ceramic components to capture
and recycle the energy that otherwise would have been lost in
the high pressure reject stream of the SWRO process and applies
it to the low pressure sea water feed stream. The PX device has
become a leading energy recovery solution in the sea water
desalination industry, installed in over 300 desalination plants
and specified in plant designs by over 60 original equipment
manufacturers, or OEMs, and engineering, procurement and
construction, or EPC, firms worldwide. We estimate that PX
devices shipped as of December 31, 2007 will reduce
electricity consumption in SWRO desalination plants by
approximately 300 megawatts relative to comparable plants
with no energy recovery devices. Assuming a rate of $0.08 per
kilowatt hour, the deployment of PX devices in plants that
otherwise had no energy recovery devices would result in annual
electricity cost savings of approximately $210 million in
the aggregate, which would equate to a reduction in carbon
dioxide emissions of approximately 1.5 million tons per
year.
Our successful market penetration has resulted in a rapidly
increasing installed base of PX devices globally, which we
expect to lead to aftermarket part replacement and service
opportunities. We also manufacture a line of booster pumps for
use in conjunction with same models of the PX device. As of
March 31, 2008, we had shipped over 4,000 PX devices to
desalination plants worldwide, including in China, Europe,
India, Australia, Africa, the Middle East, North America and the
Caribbean.
46
We design, manufacture and sell various PX models to serve a
range of SWRO process flow rates for various plant designs and
sizes. With respect to large desalination plants (greater than
50,000 cubic meters, or 13.2 million gallons, per day
capacity), we sell our products to international EPCs, and with
respect to smaller desalination facilities (fewer than 50,000
cubic meters per day capacity) we sell our products to OEMs for
installation in hotels, power plants and municipal facilities.
Our research, development and manufacturing facility is located
in the San Francisco Bay technology corridor, and we have
direct sales offices and technical support centers in many key
desalination markets, including Madrid, Dubai, Shanghai and
Fort Lauderdale.
Our
Strengths
|
|
|
Unique and efficient product. Our uniquely
designed product offers several significant benefits to our
customers and advantages over competing products. We manufacture
the only commercially available rotary isobaric energy recovery
device, which we believe is more effective at recovering and
recycling energy than any other commercially available energy
recovery device. The PX device incorporates highly-engineered
corrosion resistant ceramic parts and a modular design that
minimizes product maintenance and helps prevent plant shutdowns.
Our rotary device has only one moving part and a continuous flow
design, which complements the continuous flow of the SWRO
process. This contrasts with competing isobaric energy recovery
devices that utilize an alternating flow process with various
moving parts more susceptible to wear, and which may require
plant shutdowns for maintenance and part replacement. We believe
these unique benefits lead to lower life cycle costs than
competing products.
|
|
|
Leading position in a rapidly growing
industry. The combination of decreasing fresh water
supplies, increasing fresh water demand and declining SWRO
desalination costs is driving growth in the SWRO desalination
industry. SWRO is the fastest growing segment of the
desalination market, and we believe we are the largest global
supplier of energy recovery devices for SWRO plants exceeding a
capacity of 15,000 cubic meters per day. According to GWI, the
share of total new contracted sea water desalination capacity
using SWRO has increased from approximately 42% in 1999 to
approximately 71% in 2006.
|
|
|
Rapid growth. Our net revenue increased from
$4.0 million in 2003 to $35.4 million in 2007,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 72%, driven by the
rapid growth of the SWRO desalination industry and our increased
penetration of this market. Our sales growth has enabled us to
leverage our existing manufacturing cost base. We are developing
several new products to provide additional cost and performance
advantages. Additionally, as our installed base of PX devices
ages and the number of installed units increases, we expect
sales of replacement PX parts and services to increase.
|
|
|
High barriers to entry. Historically, there
has been a slow adoption rate for new technologies in the
desalination industry. We have spent the last 11 years
penetrating the market and establishing our company and product
with major industry participants. Over this period, our PX
device has been increasingly adopted into the standard plant
specifications of many of the leading SWRO desalination plant
designers. We have five U.S. and nine international
counterpart patents covering specific design features of the PX
device. In addition, we have developed significant know-how
related to ceramic processing methods essential to the
manufacturing, reliability and performance of the PX device.
|
|
|
Diversified international blue chip customer
base. Currently, most of our revenue has been
derived from sales to large EPCs such as Acciona Water, Doosan
Heavy Industries, Geida and GE Ionics. In addition, our products
are specified in plant designs by over 60 OEMs and EPCs
worldwide and have sold PX devices to approximately 250 other
customers, including small and mid-tier OEMs, hotel
operators, power plants and municipalities.
|
|
|
Strong, experienced management team. Our
senior management team has significant industry experience in
the design, construction and operation of SWRO desalination
plants and the filtration industry. Our chief executive officer,
G.G. Pique, joined us in 2000 after serving for seven years as
the group vice president Latin America of US Filter Corporation
(subsequently acquired by Vivendi) and has over 30 years of
experience in the water treatment industry. He has built the
management team, driven the customer first corporate
culture and engineered the strategy leading to global acceptance
of PX technology.
|
Our
Strategy
|
|
|
Increase market penetration. We actively work
with EPCs and OEMs to specify our PX device in the designs of
their SWRO desalination plant. For example, we believe our PX
device is gaining acceptance in the Middle East where SWRO
continues to displace thermal desalination, and we are very
active in China where our PX device has been installed in
28 desalination plants. To further our market penetration,
we are also expanding our existing sales channels and coverage
footprint through new strategic hires and by increasing our
product offerings. Additionally, we are continuing to increase
the awareness of our technology through technical papers, trade
shows, seminars, industry publications and trade association
memberships.
|
47
|
|
|
Continue to broaden our product portfolio. We
are developing new products that should continue to grow our
market share and meet the increasing demands of our clients. As
the SWRO market moves towards increasingly larger desalination
plants, we are developing products designed to address these
larger volume plants. Specifically, we have developed a product,
the PX-1200 Titan, that is expected to provide a five-fold
increase in water flow capacity from that of our largest current
PX device. For customers who are more sensitive to up-front
costs and who operate smaller plants, we are developing the
Comp PX device. We also intend to expand our product
portfolio to include additional circulation/booster pumps
(internal or private label) and a bundled turnkey solution for
customers that would include both a PX device and pump.
|
|
|
Increase our aftermarket sales. Over time,
components of our PX device will need to be repaired or
replaced. Thus, as our installed base of PX devices ages and the
number of installed units increases, we expect aftermarket sales
of replacement PX parts and services to increase. We are also
considering formulating a service contract model and strategic
stocking centers to help drive additional aftermarket sales.
|
|
|
Capitalize on growth opportunities in alternative power
and other emerging sectors. We are diversifying our
energy recovery offerings to capitalize on growth opportunities
in emerging sectors. For example, osmotic power generation
utilizes a process similar to that of SWRO and is a clean,
alternate source of power currently under development. We are
participating in an osmotic power pilot test facility being
designed by a European utility company that may use PX
technology. In addition, the PX device could potentially be
applied in any process that has a high-pressure waste stream
including chemical and petroleum processing. Also, participants
in the growing brackish water reverse osmosis desalination
market are increasingly interested in reducing energy
consumption through the use of energy recovery devices such as
our PX device.
|
Products
and Services
Our core product, the PX, is an energy recovery device employed
within SWRO desalination systems. The PX device utilizes the
principle of positive displacement and isobaric chambers to
achieve an extremely efficient transfer of energy from a
high-pressure waste stream, the reject stream, to a low-pressure
incoming feed stream, effectively recycling energy that
otherwise would have been lost.
Our PX device uses a cylindrical rotor with longitudinal ducts
parallel to its rotational axis to transfer the pressure energy
from the reject stream directly to the feed stream. The rotor
spins inside a sleeve between two end covers with port openings
for low and high pressure. The low-pressure side of the rotor
fills with sea water while the high-pressure side discharges sea
water. The rotational action of the PX device is similar to that
of a Gatling machine gun and is refilled with new sea water
cartridges while rotating around a central axis. A liquid piston
moves back and forth inside each duct, significantly minimizing
mixing between the reject water and incoming sea water streams.
The flow diagram below depicts how our PX device takes pressure
energy from the reject stream and recycles it back to the
desalination process at up to 98% efficiency.
We produce a variety of PX models to suit the design and
capacity needs of various SWRO plants. We also manufacture a
line of booster pumps for use in conjunction with PX devices to
service flows up to 300 gallons per minute, or gpm.
48
Current
Products
65-Series PXs
The PX-220 has been our flagship product. However, we expect the
recently introduced PX-260 to become our flagship product in
late 2008. The 65-Series PX product line, named for the
diameter of the rotor, includes the following models:
|
|
|
Model
|
|
Capacity
|
|
PX-260
|
|
220260 gpm (4858
m3/hr)
|
PX-220
|
|
180220 gpm (4150
m3/hr)
|
PX-180
|
|
140180 gpm (3241
m3/hr)
|
The 65-Series is designed for SWRO plants with production
capacities greater than 120 gpm (650
m3/day).
PX devices are manifolded together into trains to achieve
unlimited capacity ranges.
4S-Series PXs
The
4S-Series
devices are designed for plants with production capacities in
the range of 25 to 300 gpm (140 to 1,600
m3/day).
The current product line includes the following models:
|
|
|
Model
|
|
Capacity
|
|
PX-140S
|
|
90140 gpm (2032
m3/hr)
|
PX-90S
|
|
6090 gpm (1420
m3/hr)
|
PX-70S
|
|
4070 gpm (916
m3/hr)
|
PX-45S
|
|
3045 gpm (710
m3/hr)
|
PX-30S
|
|
2030 gpm (47
m3/hr)
|
Booster
Pumps
Our PX booster pumps are suitable for SWRO plants with
production rates ranging from approximately 25 to 300 gpm (140
to 1,600
m3/day).
Each of the following series of booster pumps has two models to
cover the pressure range and flow requirements of that series.
Our current product line includes the following series:
|
|
|
Series
|
|
Capacity
|
|
HP-2400
|
|
150300 gpm (3468
m3/hr)
|
HP-1250
|
|
80170 gpm (1839
m3/hr)
|
HP-8500
|
|
30110 gpm (725
m3/hr)
|
New
Products and Products in Development
We recently have developed and commercially released several new
products. In addition, we are currently developing several new
products for possible commercial release in 2009 and 2010.
PX-260
We launched the PX-260 in late 2007. The PX-260 utilizes the
same vessel as the PX-220 but incorporates new ceramic designs
and internal components. The PX-260 will provide higher capacity
while achieving similar efficiency as the PX-220. We expect a
number of customers who are currently using the PX-220 in their
SWRO processes to purchase the PX-260 for their future projects.
However, because of the six to 16 month sales cycle, we do
not expect to ship the first large volume orders of the PX-260
until the fourth quarter of 2008.
PX-30S
We have recognized the need to supply units for pilot projects,
typically mandated by large municipal water projects. The PX-30S
was designed as a test unit and entry point to gain the approval
and acceptance of large municipal projects. With only a
4-inch
rotor, the PX-30S allows a municipal water operator to achieve
the same efficiency as our larger
49
recovery devices, except on a smaller scale. The PX-30S,
launched in October 2007, is also expected to serve as an
attractive solution for smaller SWRO plants, particularly
marine-based and solar-powered units.
Brackish
PXs
We have developed and recently introduced a new line of brackish
PX devices that takes advantage of the less stringent
requirements of brackish water applications. Because less
pressure is required to desalinate brackish water, brackish
water reverse osmosis, or BWRO, requires less power than SWRO.
Our new line of brackish PX devices should help us be
competitive in the BWRO market.
Comp
PX
We are developing a new PX device designed for customers who are
more sensitive to up-front costs and who operate small plants or
are in regions where energy costs are low. The device will not
have the same durability as our current devices. The Comp PX is
expected to be available in 2009.
PX-1200
Titan
We expect to commercially deploy the PX-1200 Titan, which is a
1,200 gpm (273
m3/hr)
PX device, in 2010 or later. The following highlights some
of the PX-1200 Titans primary features:
|
|
|
|
|
five-fold increase in capacity compared to the PX-260;
|
|
|
|
simple four-point hookup;
|
|
|
|
scalability in cost and pricing; and
|
|
|
|
simplicity of installation.
|
The PX-1200 Titan is intended to meet the requirements of the
increasingly larger SWRO desalination facilities scheduled to be
built in the near future.
Private
Label Pump
We currently manufacture and sell a line of booster pumps for
plants with production rates ranging from
25300 gpm.
We are evaluating a strategic expansion of our product portfolio
by offering larger capacity private label booster pumps to our
customers. We would outsource production of the pumps to one or
more specialized pump manufacturers. This would provide our
customers a one-stop shop solution for their energy recovery
requirements.
Aftermarket
Services and Sales
Due to the importance of the PX device in the operation of the
plant, we have full-time employees and factory-trained
contractors who perform engineering support and technical
service functions on a global basis. As our installed base of PX
devices ages and the number of installed units increases, we
expect aftermarket sales of replacement PX parts and services to
increase. We are also considering formulating a service contract
model and strategic stocking centers to help drive additional
aftermarket sales.
Future
Market Opportunities
Leasing
Model
While we have occasionally offered leasing options for PX
products, we are evaluating a wide range of leasing models with
potential strategic partners. A PX lease structure could
comprise a lease of only the ceramics portion of an energy
recovery solution or, alternatively, encompass an entire energy
transfer center, which would include the manifold, booster pump
and potentially, a high-pressure pump/motor.
SWRO Pump
Bay
We currently build and market a line of booster pumps for plants
with production rates up to 300 gpm. The addition of a full
range of booster pumps to 1,200 gpm and above would complement
the entire product suite of PX devices, providing an additional
revenue opportunity. These booster pumps would enable us to
offer our customers a fully integrated energy recovery solution,
which would allow our customers to reduce implementation time.
The addition of booster pumps to
50
complement larger rotor PX devices could be achieved through
in-house production or, alternatively, through a strategic
venture with an outside manufacturer.
Osmotic
Power (Forward Osmosis)
A potential future technology, osmotic power, could also utilize
PX devices. Osmotic power generates power by capturing the
natural energy generated as fresh water is drawn into salt
water, or forward osmosis. This occurs whenever there is a large
source of fresh water in proximity to a large body of salt
water, such as the Scandinavian fjords, the Salton Sea in
California, the Great Salt Lake in Utah or the Dead Sea in
Israel. We are currently in discussions with a European utility
company that is designing an osmotic power pilot test facility
that may use PX technology.
Sales and
Marketing
As of March 31, 2008 our sales force consisted of
14 employees. We have sales representatives located in
Spain, China, the United States and the United Arab Emirates.
They are compensated with both a base salary and a commission
based on a percentage of the gross profit generated by their
sales. We occasionally use outside sales agents who receive a
commission when the purchase price is collected.
We sell the PX device through two main divisions which are
aligned with our target markets. Our Agua Grande, or AG,
division targets projects exceeding 50,000 cubic meters a day in
overall capacity. Our OEM division targets projects with fewer
than 50,000 cubic meters a day in overall capacity.
AG
Target Customers
Sales to our AG customers is the fastest growing revenue source
for our business. Each AG project typically represents a revenue
opportunity ranging from $2 million to $7 million.
These projects have an average sales cycle (time from initial
project tender to the time the PX device is shipped to client)
of six to 16 months. EPCs are the primary target market for
our PX-220s and 260s and our forthcoming PX-1200 Titan device.
With the current pipeline of new SWRO plants exceeding 50,000
cubic meters per day capacity, we expect these customers to
continue to be our largest revenue generators. These large
projects also provide the most significant revenue opportunities
for aftermarket services through operating, maintenance and
extended warranty sales.
Our AG customers primarily consist of large EPC firms primarily
located in the United States and Europe. We recently established
a sales and technical center in Madrid, Spain, in proximity to
many of the large European EPCs. This new strategic location
allows rapid response to the complex requirements of European
EPC customers.
OEM
Target Customers
This customer group is defined as small to medium sized SWRO
projects (fewer than 50,000 cubic meters a day). Unlike the AG
customers, this group is highly fragmented. OEM customers are
further divided into small (5,000 cubic meters a day) and
mid-tier (5,00050,000 cubic meters a day) operators that
purchase both standardized and custom-made SWRO packages used by
hotel chains, large resorts, cruise ship terminals, island
bottlers and industrial/power plants. Because OEM customers are
located worldwide, we have placed our sales force and service
support strategically to address customer needs.
This customer group represents an ideal retrofit opportunity for
cost-conscious operators utilizing competing energy recovery
devices with lower efficiency rates. Based on our experience,
the OEM market has a much shorter sales cycle than the AG group,
with a typical sales cycle of one to three months.
Marketing
Our marketing and promotional efforts are undertaken in a
variety of channels:
|
|
|
|
|
Demonstration, Retrofit and Pilot Test Facilities. Many
high-profile retrofit projects and pilot test facilities have
demonstrated the tangible benefits of the PX device, increasing
industry acceptance of our product. Upon commissioning in 2001,
the Cyprus Dhekelia SWRO plant utilized the PX device in the
largest isobaric train in the world. Our successful retrofit of
the Dhekelia plant demonstrated to large international EPCs the
efficiency and reliability of the PX device. Similarly, the
Huntington Beach and Carlsbad (Poseidon/Dow FILMTEC) pilot test
facilities in California provide us with conveniently accessible
demonstration facilities to promote the benefits of the PX
device to potential customers.
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
Technical Papers/Trade Shows. We have leveraged the
technical talent of our chief technical officer,
Dr. Richard Stover, to generate technical papers, which are
presented at trade shows and published in international trade
magazines and journals. These papers provide an efficient yet
low cost vehicle for educating OEMs and other end users about
positive displacement isobaric technology.
|
|
|
|
Seminars. We hold joint technical seminars with various
industry participants on desalination solutions pertaining to
core SWRO processes in an effort to disseminate information
about the PX device.
|
|
|
|
Industry Publications/Trade Association Membership. We
gain important exposure through advertising in well-known
industry publications. Advertising of the PX device has
consisted of advertisements in Desalination and Water Reuse
Quarterly, Arab Water World, GWI, Everything About Water
(India), Agua Latinoamerica, Filtration and Separation
Technology, InfoEnviro (Spain) and the Technology of Water
Treatment (China).
|
|
|
|
Interactive Website. We have developed a website focused
on facilitating an understanding of PX technology, its economic
benefits and practical applications. The suite of PX technical
tools (The Power Model, SWRO Cost Estimator, ERI
SIMtm
SWRO Process Simulator and PX Animation) allows a potential user
to review power consumption, cost and operation of the PX
technology. We utilize our website as a management tool to
provide content about our products and we track activity on our
website.
|
In addition, we are a founding member, promoter and participant
in the Affordable Desalination Collaboration, or ADC, a
consortium of industry leaders, federal and state government
agencies and water districts. ADC seeks to promote SWRO as an
affordable, reliable and environmentally sound source of fresh
water.
Customers
Currently, most of our revenue is generated from sales to large
EPCs. In addition, as of March 31, 2008, our products had
been cumulatively specified in plant designs by over
60 OEMs and EPCs worldwide and have sold PX devices to
approximately 250 other customers, including small and
mid-tier OEMs, hotel operators, power plants and
municipalities.
A limited number of our EPC customers accounts for a substantial
portion of our net revenue. Specifically, Acciona Water, Geida
and its affiliated entities and Doosan Heavy Industries
represented approximately 20%, 23% and 13% of our total sales in
2007, respectively, and GE Ionics and Geida and its affiliated
entities accounted for approximately 18% and 11% of our total
sales in 2006, respectively. In 2005, GE Ionics and Multiplex
Degremont JV accounted for 19% and 17% of our total revenue,
respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of
our total revenue during any of these periods.
In order to make customer support efficient, we maintain
strategic satellite technical centers, located in Madrid, the
United Arab Emirates, Shanghai, Perth and Fort Lauderdale.
These technical centers support existing customers and
aftermarket sales efforts for both EPCs who deal in large
projects and small OEM customers across multiple continents and
time zones. In addition, we support a troubleshooting hotline.
We offer customer service and support programs including PX
technology education, design review, startup support and
operator training. We regularly conduct PX school in
California and many places around the world to upgrade the
skills of designers and operators in the application of PX
technology.
In addition, we provide a number of product support resources
and services. These include operations and maintenance manuals,
a maintenance training video and the PX Simulator
factory and regional technical seminars. We also offer the
PX Power Model SWRO energy consumption calculator,
manifold, rack and instrumentation designs, project management,
startup assistance and field service.
Manufacturing
All of our PX devices are assembled, packaged and shipped from
our facility in San Leandro, California. We purchase
ceramic components in an unfinished state from approved
suppliers and perform the final finishing and assembly in-house
to help protect the proprietary nature of our products.
Our manufacturing team collaborates with our technical team to
execute production, wet testing and product delivery. Currently,
we outsource production of all metal and composite components
and initial processing of most of our ceramic components to
outside vendors. Final finishing of all end covers, rotors and
sleeves is performed in-house to help maintain the integrity of
trade secrets and patents.
We presently run one shift per day to meet current and near-term
expected demand. Increased work schedules, outsourcing and
additional personnel could combine to increase manufacturing
capacity significantly above current
52
production levels. Critical end functions such as final testing
and assembly are expected to remain in-house for the foreseeable
future.
To avoid unnecessary inventory
build-up and
provide timely order fulfillment, our manufacturing team
coordinates with our sales divisions to review sales forecasts
and schedule production runs. Our manufacturing department
generally maintains a four-week safety stock to meet any
unforeseen shortfalls. We utilize an enterprise resource
planning system to model for various production constraints. As
manufacturing activity increases, a more advanced modeling
system may eventually be needed to queue production runs and
minimize inventory levels.
We use several strategies to optimize manufacturing efficiency
and avoid costly downtime of both personnel and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
Cross-training. Our manufacturing employees are
cross-trained in different functionalities. This practice
reduces downtime while creating a knowledge buffer to ensure a
reliable production flow. As needed, additional personnel can be
focused on specific time-sensitive tasks.
|
|
|
|
Collaboration. We emphasize new product development to
keep us on the cutting edge of pressure exchange technology
while continuously improving existing products.
|
|
|
|
Outsourcing. Outsourcing allows us to concentrate on the
final in-house finishing and grinding of ceramic components. Key
proprietary information is kept in-house, preventing technology
from passing outside of our company. Our manufacturing capacity
can increase throughput without requiring additional units of
labor and equipment.
|
|
|
|
Multiple-vendor Strategy. To prevent supply chain
disruption, improve supplier pricing concessions and ensure
timely customer order fulfillment, we have expanded the scope of
our vendor relationships. We utilize three outside ceramic
vendors and are currently qualifying a fourth to establish an
additional supplier of unfinished, PX-220/PX-260 rotors and
sleeves. Because the ceramic components of our products are
vital to the operation of our business, our selection of ceramic
vendors entails a rigorous qualification process.
|
|
|
|
Quality Control. Purchased materials must conform to our
design specifications, go through a thorough receiving
inspection as specified in our quality procedures and be
delivered with material certifications. A quality assurance
inspection report is completed and accepted prior to any
material being placed into inventory. Ceramic components are
inspected for cracks and defects, as well as to ensure they meet
exacting size and dimension specifications, following any
in-house production operation. Critical components such as
housings, ports and ceramic components are marked with serial
numbers for traceability. Assembled PX and booster pump models
and ceramic cartridges are subjected to specific performance
testing to ensure they comply with our standards and customer
requirements.
|
Research
and Development
Continued investment in research and development is critical to
our business. Over the past four years, our mechanical designs
have been integrated into a single standardized design format
aimed at facilitating knowledge redundancy. This redundancy
benefits our technical team design tools, including finite
element analysis and computational fluid dynamics modeling. Our
technical teams approach is targeted at establishing the
necessary systems, procedures, tools and skills to foster new
product innovation and accommodate a larger and more specialized
staff, particularly as our technical needs grow.
The technical team serves as the knowledge base for dispersing
technical information to other divisions and prospective
customers. We also share our engineering drawings and designs
with customers and vendors in an effort to promote industry
knowledge and to continually improve our technology. As of
March 31, 2008, our technical team consisted of eight
employees.
We plan to continue to dedicate significant resources to these
research and development efforts. Further, as we continue to
expand internationally, we may incur additional costs to conform
our products to comply with local laws and local product
specifications.
Research and development expense totaled $1.7 million for
2007, $1.3 million for 2006 and $630,000 for 2005, and
$509,000 and $389,000 for the three months ended March 31,
2008 and 2007, respectively.
53
Competition
The market for energy recovery devices in desalination plants is
competitive and continually evolving. The PX device competes
with slow cycle isobarics, Pelton wheels and hydraulic
turbochargers. Pelton wheels and hydraulic turbochargers are
used primarily in the OEM market in which we compete, and where
customers are more sensitive to upfront prices. Slow cycle
isobarics, and particularly the DWEER technology, are our main
competition in the EPC market.
Our three primary competitors are Calder AG, Fluid Equipment
Development Company and Pump Engineering Incorporated. Calder AG
currently is the principal manufacturer of DWEER devices and
Pelton wheels. Fluid Equipment Development Company and Pump
Engineering manufacture hydraulic turbochargers. We expect
competition to persist and intensify as the desalination market
opportunity grows.
We believe that the principal factors of competition in our
industry include device efficiency, price, innovation, customer
service and durability. We believe that we compete favorably
with respect to each of these factors. We differentiate our
products from those of our competitors by having up to 98%
energy recovery efficiency, a proprietary design employing only
one moving part, a corrosion resistant, highly durable ceramic
composition, smaller footprint, modular design and system
redundancy, and lower life cycle cost. However, we cannot assure
you that we will be able to compete successfully in the future
against existing or new competitors, and increased competition
may adversely affect our business.
Intellectual
Property and Proprietary Rights
We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights,
including patents, trade secrets and trademarks, as well as
customary contractual protections.
We have five United States patents and nine international
counterpart patents related to the PX device. The United States
patents expire between 2011 and 2025, and the international
patents expire at later dates. We have also applied for
two additional United States patents and
14 international counterpart patents.
Our registered trademarks in the United States are
ERI, the ERI logo, Making Desalination
Affordable, PX Pressure Exchanger and
PX. We also hold as trade secrets the specialized
tooling, fixturing, instrumentation and processing techniques
employed in the final production stages for ceramic components.
In addition, we generally control access to and use of our
proprietary software and other confidential information through
internal and external controls, including nondisclosure and
assignment of intellectual property agreements with employees
and contractors, and nondisclosure agreements with customers,
and our online models and software are protected by United
States and international copyright laws. We keep certain key
proprietary manufacturing processes in-house to reduce the risk
that they are not maintained as trade secrets. We have an array
of security cameras in all manufacturing and office building to
record and document access.
Employees
As of April 30, 2008, we had 65 employees consisting of 14
in corporate (administration and management), eight in
engineering/research and development, 22 in manufacturing, four
in customer support and 17 in sales and marketing. A total of
nine of these employees were located outside of the United
States. In addition, we had four full-time independent
contractors. We have not experienced any work stoppages. Our
employees are not unionized.
Facilities
We lease approximately 26,254 square feet of space in
San Leandro, California pursuant to a lease that expires in
April 2010, which house a ceramics manufacturing and research
and development center, technical testing facilities and our
executive headquarters. In February 2008 we entered into a
two-year lease beginning in April 2008 for approximately
6,000 square feet for additional corporate office space,
located approximately two miles away from our headquarters. We
also maintain international sales offices in Madrid, the United
Arab Emirates, Shanghai and Fort Lauderdale. We believe
that our facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our
current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand
existing facilities as we add employees to support existing
customers and aftermarket sales, and we believe that suitable
additional or substitute space will be available as needed to
accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not party to any material litigation, and we are not
aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us that we
believe would adversely affect our business, operating results,
financial condition or cash flows. In the future, we may be
subject to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our
business.
54
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
Our executive officers and directors, and their ages and
positions as of March 31, 2008, are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
G.G. Pique
|
|
61
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director Nominee
|
Richard Stover, Ph.D.
|
|
45
|
|
Chief Technical Officer and Vice President of Sales
|
Thomas D. Willardson
|
|
57
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Marilyn A. Lobel
|
|
55
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller
|
Terrill Sandlin
|
|
59
|
|
Vice President of Manufacturing
|
MariaElena Ross
|
|
58
|
|
Vice President of Administration and Human Resources
|
Hans Peter Michelet
|
|
48
|
|
Executive Chairman of the Board
|
Ole Peter Lorentzen
|
|
55
|
|
Director
|
Arve Hanstveit
|
|
52
|
|
Director
|
Peter Darby
|
|
59
|
|
Director
|
Marius Skaugen
|
|
49
|
|
Director
|
Fred Olav Johannessen
|
|
54
|
|
Director
|
James Medanich
|
|
70
|
|
Director
|
Dominique Trempont
|
|
53
|
|
Director Nominee
|
Paul Cook
|
|
84
|
|
Director Nominee
|
G.G. Pique has served as our president and chief
executive officer since August 2002, and has been appointed to
serve as a member of our board of directors after the
effectiveness of our initial public offering. From October 2001
until August 2002, Mr. Pique served as our executive vice
president, and from February 2000 until October 2001
Mr. Pique was a consultant to our company. From 1993 to
1999, Mr. Pique was the group vice president Latin America
of US Filter Corporation, a company focused on the acquisition,
turnaround, integration and growth management of water treatment
companies, before it was acquired by Vivendi in 1999, and served
as group president of the integrated companies from 1999 to
January 2000. Since October 2007, Mr. Pique has served as
member of the board of directors of International Desal
Association, a non-profit association committed to the
development of desalination technology world-wide.
Mr. Pique has also served as a member of the board of
directors of P-K Direct Inc., a manufacturer of electronic coils
and transformers since May 2000. Mr. Pique has over
30 years of experience in the water treatment industry.
Mr. Pique holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the
University of Connecticut and an M.B.A. from Hartford University.
Richard Stover, Ph.D. has served as our vice
president of sales since November 2007 and our chief technical
officer since December 2004. From December 2004 to November
2007, Dr. Stover also served as our vice president of
engineering and research. From April 2002 to December 2004
Dr. Stover was the engineering manager at our company.
Dr. Stover has over 20 years of experience in research
and development, manufacturing and consulting for 3M and IBM,
among others. Dr. Stover earned his B.S. in Chemical
Engineering from the University of Texas at Austin and his Ph.D.
in Chemical Engineering at the University of California at
Berkeley.
Thomas D. Willardson has served as our chief
financial officer since November 2007. From January 2006 to
August 2007, Mr. Willardson served as executive vice
president and chief financial officer of Cost Plus, Inc. From
April 2004 to February 2006, Mr. Willardson served as chief
financial officer of WebSideStory, Inc., a provider of on-demand
digital marketing applications. From August 2003 until April
2004 he served as chief financial officer of Archimedes
Technology Group Holdings, LLC, a privately held technology
development company. From April 2002 until July 2003,
Mr. Willardson was an independent financial consultant.
Mr. Willardson holds a B.A. in Finance from Brigham Young
University and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern
California.
Marilyn A. Lobel has served as our chief
accounting officer and corporate controller since January 2008.
From March 2007 to December 2007, Ms. Lobel served as
corporate controller and corporate secretary of Red.Com, Inc., a
privately held company that manufactures digital cinema
photography equipment. From February 2006 to March 2007,
Ms. Lobel served as the chief accounting officer and
corporate controller of Pacific Energy Partners, L.P., a public
partnership that engages principally in the business of
gathering, transporting, storing and distributing crude oil and
refined petroleum products. From June 2004 to December 2005,
Ms. Lobel served as the vice president of finance and
corporate controller of Biolase Technology, Inc., a public
company that manufactures medical devices. From January 2004 to
June
55
2004, Ms. Lobel was an independent financial consultant.
From May 2002 to December 2003, Ms. Lobel served as
director of finance at Xoma Ltd., a public company engaged in
research and development of biopharmaceuticals. Ms. Lobel
is a Certified Public Accountant currently licensed in the state
of California and holds a B.S. in Business Administration from
the University of Nevada.
Terrill Sandlin has served as our vice president
of manufacturing since April 2002. From 1999 to 2001, he served
as director of manufacturing for Novus Packaging Corporation, a
packaging material company acquired by FP International in 2001.
From 1978 to 1999, Mr. Sandlin served in various management
positions, including as plant manager for Whitney Research, a
valve manufacturer supplying exclusively for Swagelok Company.
Mr. Sandlin holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from the
University of California at Berkeley.
MariaElena Ross has served as our vice president
of administration and human resources since July 2006. From
February 2005 to July 2006, Ms. Ross served as our
executive director of human resources. From February 2002 to
January 2005, Ms. Ross served as human resources manager
for SPL World Group, a provider of revenue and operations
management software for the utilities industry, before it was
acquired by Oracle Corporation in 2006. Ms. Ross holds a
B.A. in Anthropology from the University of California at
Berkeley, a teaching credential from the University of
San Francisco, and a J.D. from Hastings College of Law.
Hans Peter Michelet has served as the executive
chairman of our board of directors since March 2008. As our
executive chairman, he will play a role in investor relations
and the determination of our strategic direction. Prior to being
named the executive chairman of our board, Mr. Michelet had
served as the chairman of our board since September 2004 and a
member of our board of directors since August 1995. From January
2005 to November 2007, Mr. Michelet served as our interim
chief financial officer. Mr. Michelets other current
directorships include serving as the chairman of the board of
directors of SynchroNet Marine Inc., a maritime technology
service provider, since June 2000 and as a member of the board
of directors of Arvarius AS, a privately held Norwegian
investment company, since June 1997. From September 1985 until
February 2000, Mr. Michelet was a member of the Norwegian
Society of Financial Analysts. Mr. Michelet holds a B.A. in
Finance from the University of Oregon.
Ole Peter Lorentzen has served as a member of our
board of directors since January 2007. Mr. Lorentzen has
also served as the chairman of Caprice AS, an investment
company, since October 1987, and as chief executive officer of
Ludvig Lorentzen AS, an investment company, since December 1987.
Mr. Lorentzen holds a B.A. in Business Administration from
the University of Lund in Sweden.
Arve Hanstveit has served as a member of our board
of directors since 1995. Since 1997, Mr. Hanstveit has
served as partner and vice president of ABG Sundal Collier, a
Scandinavian investment bank. Since February 2007,
Mr. Hanstveit has also served on the board of directors of
Kezzler AS, a privately held Norwegian company which delivers
secure track and trace solutions to the pharmaceutical and
consumer goods industry. Mr. Hanstveit holds a B.A. in
Business from the Norwegian School of Management and an M.B.A.
from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Peter Darby has served as a member of our board of
directors since December 2001. Since September 2004,
Mr. Darby has been a private investor. Mr. Darby was a
managing member of Pema Properties, LLC, a company engaged in
real estate development, from June 1995 to August 2004, after
which Pema Properties was sold. Mr. Darby has over
30 years of experience in the water industry, which began
with the founding of Advanced Structures, Inc. in 1976, which
was a supplier for specialized pressure vessels used in reverse
osmosis and other membrane-based water purification processes.
Mr. Darby holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from
Michigan State University.
Marius Skaugen has served as a member of our board
of directors since 1999. Mr. Skaugen has been a private
investor since 1991. Mr. Skaugen has served as a member of
the board of directors of Alf R. Bjercke & Co. AS, a
private investment Norwegian company, since 2001, as a member of
the boards of directors of Haut Brion AS, Morgenfuglen AS, Jampe
AS, all of which are Norwegian private holding companies, since
2005. Mr. Skaugen received his B.B.A. in finance from the
University of Oregon.
Fred Olav Johannessen has served as a member of
our board of directors since June 1992. Since September 2001,
Mr. Johannessen has served as president of the Nordiska
Literary Agency in Denmark. Mr. Johannessen also has served
as a member of the board of directors of Thalia Teater AS, a
private theater production company in Norway, since June 1985,
as a member of the board of directors of Lande & Co, a
private media consulting company in Norway, since November 2005
and as a member of the board of directors of Folin, a private
European company that invests in literary agencies, since March
1999. Mr. Johannessen earned his M.S. in Finance from
Colorado State University.
James Medanich has served as a member of our board
of directors since December 2001. Mr. Medanich has served
as president and a member of the board of directors of the
Piedmont Pacific Corporation, a private company engaged in the
56
manufacture and sale of pipe couplings, since July 2002.
Mr. Medanich served as president of our company from
February 2001 until July 2002. Mr. Medanich earned his B.A.
in Geology from the University of California at Berkeley.
Dominique Trempont has been appointed to serve as
a member of our board of directors after the effectiveness of
our initial public offering. Mr. Trempont is currently a
member of the board of directors of 3Com Corporation, a position
he has held since June 2006. Mr. Trempont also is currently
a member of the board of directors of Finisar Corporation, a
public company that develops and markets high speed data
communication systems and software for networking and storage, a
position he has held since September 2005. Since June 2006,
Mr. Trempont has served on the board of directors of Cquay
Technologies Corp., a private company that develops next
generation search software. Mr. Trempont was
CEO-in-Residence
at Battery Ventures, a venture capital firm, from September 2003
to September 2005. From May 1999 to November 2002,
Mr. Trempont was chairman, president and chief executive
officer of Kanisa, Inc., a software company focused on customer
self-service, contact center, and peer support applications.
Mr. Trempont has served as chief executive officer of
Gemplus Corporation, a smart card application company, and chief
financial officer at NeXT Software. Mr. Trempont received a
degree in Economics from College Saint Louis (Belgium), a
bachelors in Business Administration and Computer Sciences
from IAG at the University of Louvain (Belgium) and a
masters in Business Administration from INSEAD (France).
Paul M. Cook has been appointed to serve as a
member of our board of directors after the effectiveness of our
initial public offering. Mr. Cook is the chairman and
founder of Promptu Systems Corporation, a private company that
develops a speech recognition system that enables the mobile
phone user or the television viewer to control programming
choices and services using voice commands, a position he has
held since June 2000. Mr. Cook is also currently the
chairman of Global Translation, Inc., a private company that
provides automated translation services for television stations
and networks, a position he has held since December 2006.
In addition, since 1993, Mr. Cook has been a member of the
board of directors of Sarnoff Corporation, which provides
vision, video and semiconductor technology innovations and is a
wholly owned subsidiary of SRI International. Mr. Cook is
the founder of Raychem Corporation, where he served as its chief
executive officer for 33 years. Mr. Cook received an
undergraduate degree in engineering from Massachusetts Institute
of Technology.
Board of
Directors
After the effectiveness of this offering, Messrs. Darby,
Lorentzen and Skaugen will resign from our board of directors.
After the effectiveness of this offering, the board of directors
will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for
a staggered three-year term. The board of directors will consist
of three class I directors, Messrs. Cook, Medanich and
Johannessen; two class II directors, Messrs. Hanstveit and
Michelet; and two class III directors, Messrs. Pique
and Trempont. The terms of the class I directors,
class II directors and class III directors will expire
upon the election and qualification of successor directors at
the annual meeting of stockholders held during the calendar
years 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
Director
Independence
In March 2008, our board of directors undertook a review of the
independence of our directors and considered whether any
director has a material relationship with us that could
compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in
carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review,
our board of directors determined that Messrs. Lorentzen,
Johannessen, Medanich and Hanstveit, representing a majority of
our directors, are independent directors as defined
under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. Our
board of directors expects that Messrs. Cook and Trempont,
upon their appointment to the board, will be independent
directors as defined under the NASDAQ rules.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation
committee and a nominating and governance committee, each of
which has the composition and responsibilities described below.
Audit
Committee
After the effectiveness of our initial public offering, our
audit committee will consist of Messrs. Hanstveit, Medanich
and Trempont, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board
of directors. Mr. Trempont will serve as the chairman of
the committee. The NASDAQ corporate governance rules require
that each issuer has an audit committee of at least three
members, and that one independent director (as defined in those
rules) be appointed to the audit committee at the time of
listing, a majority within 90 days after listing and the
entire committee within one year after listing.
Messrs. Hanstveit, Medanich and Trempont are independent
directors. Mr. Trempont will be our audit committee
financial
57
expert as defined in SEC rules and will satisfy the
financial sophistication requirements of NASDAQ for audit
committee membership. The audit committee will be responsible
for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
overseeing the accounting and financial reporting
processes and audits of our financial statements;
|
|
|
|
selecting and hiring our independent registered public
accounting firm, and approving the audit and non-audit services
to be performed by our independent registered public accounting
firm;
|
|
|
|
|
|
assisting the board of directors in monitoring the integrity of
our financial statements, our internal accounting and financial
controls, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,
the performance of our internal audit function and the
qualifications, independence and performance of our independent
registered public accounting firm;
|
|
|
|
providing to the board of directors information and materials to
make the board of directors aware of significant financial and
audit-related matters that require the attention of the board of
directors; and
|
|
|
|
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent
registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly
financial statements and annual and quarterly reports on
Form 10-K
and 10-Q.
|
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Hanstveit,
Darby, Daniel Johnson, our vice president, information
technology, and Ms. Ross. After the effectiveness of our
initial public offering, Messrs. Darby and Johnson and
Ms. Ross will resign from our compensation committee, and
after the effectiveness of our initial public offering, our
compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Cook,
Hanstveit, Johannessen and Trempont. Mr. Darby is currently
the chairman of our compensation committee, and after the
effectiveness of this offering Mr. Hanstveit will be
appointed as chairman of our compensation committee. Our board
of directors has determined that after the effectiveness of this
offering, each member of our compensation committee will meet
the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ
rules, the non-employee director definition of
Rule 16b-3
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the
outside director definition of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The compensation
committee will be responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs
and making recommendations to the board of directors with
respect to improvements or changes to the plans and adoption of
other plans;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving with respect to our chief executive
officer and other executive officers annual base salaries,
annual incentive bonuses, including the specific goals and
amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance
arrangements and change of control agreements/provisions, and
any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;
|
|
|
|
evaluating and approving the corporate goals and objectives
relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer; and
|
|
|
|
administering our equity compensation plans.
|
Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee
After the effectiveness of this offering,
Messrs. Hanstveit, Medanich and Trempont, each of whom is a
non-employee member of our board of directors, will comprise our
nominating and governance committee. Mr. Trempont will be
the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our
board of directors has determined that each member of our
nominating and governance committee will meet the requirements
for independence under the current NASDAQ rules. The nominating
and governance committee will be responsible for, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective
director nominees and recommending to our board of directors the
director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders;
|
|
|
|
evaluating the performance of current members of our board of
directors;
|
|
|
|
developing principles of corporate governance and recommending
them to our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
recommending to our board of directors persons to be members of
each board committee; and
|
|
|
|
overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and
management.
|
58
Director
Compensation
None of our directors currently receives any compensation for
his services as a member of our board of directors or any
committee of our board of directors.
Following the closing of this offering, each non-employee member
of our board of directors will be entitled to receive an annual
retainer of $50,000, paid in quarterly installments. Messrs.
Cook and Trempont, upon joining our board of directors as
non-employee directors, will receive options to purchase
100,000 shares of our common stock which will vest over
four years. Such options will be granted at the fair market
value on the date of the award. In addition, each chairman of
our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and
governance committee will be entitled to receive an additional
annual retainer of $5,000, paid in quarterly installments.
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is
applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors,
which will become effective upon the effectiveness of this
offering.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Hanstveit,
Darby and Johnson and Ms. Ross. Mr. Johnson and
Ms. Ross are employees of our company. Mr. Johnson and
Ms. Ross, as well as Mr. Darby, will resign from the
compensation committee after the effectiveness of this offering.
Hans Peter Michelet, our executive chairman, currently serves as
a member of the board of directors of Arvarius AS. Marius
Skaugen, one of our directors, is an executive officer and has
shared voting and investment power over the Shares held by
Arvarius AS. None of our other executive officers currently
serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board
of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has
one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors
or compensation committee.
59
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Philosophy
and Objectives of our Executive Compensation Program
The principal objectives of our compensation and benefits
programs for executive officers are to:
|
|
|
|
|
attract and retain exceptional executives;
|
|
|
|
reward superior performance;
|
|
|
|
motivate our executives performance toward clearly
defined corporate goals; and
|
|
|
|
align the interests of our executives with those of our
stockholders.
|
Our compensation committee believes that maintaining and
improving the quality and skills of our management and
appropriately incentivizing their performance are critical
factors that will affect the long-term value realized by our
stockholders.
At the beginning of each fiscal year, our compensation committee
approves specific corporate goals and objectives for our senior
management to address within the fiscal year. Through our annual
goal-setting process, individual objectives are aligned with our
corporate objectives. We also evaluate and reward our executive
officers based on their willingness to take a leadership
position in improving the operation of our business and their
ability to identify and exploit opportunities to grow our
business.
We believe our compensation decisions in 2007 achieved the
principal objectives of our compensation and benefits programs
for executive officers as follows: (i) we paid competitive
salaries to senior management and offered competitive stock
option awards in the hiring of Mr. Willardson, our chief
financial officer, in an industry faced with a shortage of
knowledgeable and experienced candidates; (ii) we rewarded
our executive officers for their individual contributions to the
growth of our company and our achievement of specific corporate
goals such as the accomplishment of research and development
projects, expansion of production facilities, development of
internal infrastructure and expanding global market share; and
(iii) our issuance of stock options to all employees
continued to align their interests with those of our
stockholders.
Principal
Components of our Executive Compensation Program
Our executive compensation program consists of five components:
|
|
|
|
|
base salary;
|
|
|
|
annual cash bonuses;
|
|
|
|
equity-based incentives;
|
|
|
|
benefits; and
|
|
|
|
severance/termination benefits.
|
We believe that a program containing each of these components,
combining both short and long-term incentives, is necessary to
achieve our compensation objectives and that collectively these
components have been effective in properly incentivizing our
Named Executive Officers and helping to achieve our corporate
goals.
Annual
Review Process
Our compensation committee reviews data and makes executive
compensation decisions on an annual basis. In connection with
that process, executive officers are responsible for
establishing and submitting for review to the chief executive
officer (and in the case of the chief executive officer,
directly to the compensation committee) their departmental goals
and financial objectives for the then current fiscal year. The
chief executive officer then compiles the information submitted
and provides it, along with information relating to his own
personal goals and objectives, to the compensation committee for
review. The compensation committee, including the chief
executive officer with respect to all officers and excluding the
chief executive officer with respect to discussions of his own
compensation, reviews, considers, and may amend the terms and
conditions proposed by management.
As part of the annual review process, the compensation committee
makes determinations of changes in annual base compensation
based on numerous factors, including individual performance over
the prior fiscal year, established corporate and financial
objectives for the next fiscal year, our operating budgets, and
a review of survey data relating to base
60
compensation for the position at comparable companies. During
the annual review process, the compensation committee also
reviews our cash bonus plan for executive officers, with bonuses
becoming payable under the plan based on managements
achieving identified performance goals during the fiscal year,
and considers each executives equity incentive position,
including the extent to which he or she was vested or unvested.
Periodically, the compensation committee may provide refresher
equity incentive grants, typically in the form of stock options,
as an individual officer becomes substantially vested in his or
her current equity position.
We hired a human resources consulting firm, Merit Resources
Group, to assist us with the design of our employee compensation
plan, including executive compensation. The employee
compensation plan considered the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
a market analysis comparing total compensation of our
employees and those of other companies of similar sizes and
revenue;
|
|
|
|
a salary structure with defined grades and ranges; and
|
|
|
|
compensation data from three salary surveys.
|
With respect to the salary surveys, our consulting firm reviewed
the following surveys: (1) the Economic Research
Institutes Salary Assessor Survey and Executive
Compensation Assessor Survey, or the Economic Research Institute
Survey, which was used for compensation data for companies in
the water supply industry, (2) the Radford Benchmark Survey
and Radford Executive Compensation Survey, or the Radford
Survey, which was used for compensation data from approximately
50 private and public companies with less than
200 employees and (3) the CompAnalyst Survey, which
was used for compensation data regarding manufacturing companies
with annual revenues of approximately $100 million. A
sample of the companies in the Economic Research Institute
Survey include Consolidated Water Co. Ltd., American States
Water Company, Mueller Water Products, Allegheny Generating
Company, Worldwater & Power Corporation and Clean
Energy Fuels Corporation. A sample of the companies in the
Radford Benchmark Survey include Airgo Networks, Alien
Technology, Fluidigm, Centerbeam, DemandTec, Novariant, Qualys,
SABA, Saratoga Systems, Satmetrix Systems and WJ Communications.
With respect to the CompAnalyst Survey, we do not have access to
the list of the companies covered by that survey.
These salary surveys provided our consulting firm with market
data with respect to the water industry, companies of a
comparable size to us (both in terms of number of employees and
revenue), companies in a comparable stage of development and
companies in our location, the San Francisco Bay Area. Based on
these input, our compensation committee worked with the
consulting firm to establish a salary structure guideline that
contains defined salary grades for officer positions and other
positions in our company. Each salary grade has an associated
salary range that targets a median base salary. Median base
salaries in general were set at the average of the amounts that
the three surveys set forth for median base salaries for similar
positions in comparable companies.
Weighting
of Compensation Components
The compensation committees determination of the
appropriate use and weight of each component of executive
compensation is subjective, based on the compensation
committees view of the relative importance of each
component in meeting our overall objectives and factors relevant
to the individual executive.
Base
Salary
The starting point for the base salaries for our executive
officers is our overall salary guidelines, which are discussed
above and which we developed with our human resources consulting
firm. Under these guidelines, each officer position in our
company is assigned a defined salary grade and each grade has an
associated salary range and a median salary. In determining the
specific base salaries for executive officers, our chief
executive officer and compensation committee refer to these
salary grades for the executives position and then make
adjustments in accordance with the executives experience
and knowledge, education level, industry recognition and
expertise, track record and expected contribution to our
long-term objectives. Adjustments may also be made based on
changes in the competitive marketplace, as indicated by our
annual review of the survey data discussed above.
In 2007, the base salaries were adjusted as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, G.G. Piques base salary remained unchanged
at $250,000. In 2008, our board of directors approved an
increase to Mr. Piques base salary to $350,000 due to his
anticipated increased responsibilities in connection with our
becoming a public company and specific market research involving
Consolidated Water Co. Ltd., which increased the salary for its
chief executive officer in 2007. Our board focused on the
compensation of the chief executive officer of Consolidated
Water Co. Ltd. rather than that of other companies in the salary
surveys
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
due to similarities in Consolidated Waters and our
business, operations and size and similarities in experience of
these two officers and their responsibilities as chief executive
officers of public companies. Consolidated Water Co. Ltd. is a
public company and we were in the process of becoming one at the
time of this base salary increase.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2007, Terry Sandlins base salary of $130,000 was
increased to $143,000 due to our findings from the annual market
analysis that reflected higher base salaries for similar
companies.
|
|
|
|
In 2007, Richard Stovers base salary of $210,000 was
increased to $231,000 due to our findings from the annual market
analysis that reflected higher base salaries for similar
companies.
|
|
|
|
In 2007, MariaElena Rosss base salary of $130,000
was increased to $143,000 due to our findings from the annual
market analysis that reflected higher base salaries for similar
companies.
|
|
|
|
In November 2007, we hired Thomas Willardson and his base
salary was determined through negotiations between us and him.
|
Any future base salary adjustments are expected to take into
account changes in the executives responsibilities, the
executives performance, corporate objectives and changes
in the competitive marketplace.
Cash
Bonuses
Annual cash bonus incentives for our executive officers are
designed principally to reward performance that furthers key
corporate goals, particularly annual performance goals. We
believe these objectives will change from year to year as our
business evolves and our priorities change. Under our current
bonus plan, the Executive Financial Compensation Bonus Plan, our
executive officers are eligible to earn an annual bonus as
discussed below. In 2007, each executive officer, other than our
chief executive officer and executive chairman, had written
performance objectives for the year. For 2007, our compensation
committee set the maximum amount of the bonus for which our
chief executive officer was eligible at 140% of his base salary.
The committee set the maximum amount of the bonus for which our
other Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Michelet,
were eligible at 30% of each executive officers base
salary.
Our compensation for the Named Executive Officers is directly
related to performance of specified annual objectives that focus
on our corporate goals to achieve rapid revenue growth, to
continue and expand research and development of new products and
to develop our corporate infrastructure and employee recruiting.
Our cash bonuses in 2007 were based on the compensation
committees subjective evaluation of the achievement of
specified goals for 2007 for each Named Executive Officer as set
forth below:
G.G.
Pique
|
|
|
|
|
Increase EBITDA by a target of 66% over 2006 actual EBITDA.
|
Terrill
Sandlin
|
|
|
|
|
Enhance our security plan, and develop and implement of our
business continuation plan;
|
|
|
|
Ship PX products totalling at least $40 million in 2007; and
|
|
|
|
Implement our employee self improvement and training program.
|
The weighted percentage of these objectives was 40%, 35% and
25%, respectively.
Thomas
Willardson
|
|
|
|
|
Build our finance and accounting team in preparation for our
initial public offering; and
|
|
|
|
Establish accounting systems and processes in preparation for
our initial public offering.
|
As we hired Mr. Willardson in November 2007, we did not allocate
a weighted percentage of these objectives in our grant of a
signing bonus to Mr. Willardson.
Richard
Stover
|
|
|
|
|
Development of our technical team;
|
|
|
|
Control and defend our technical specifications for product
performance;
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
Develop designated research and development projects and publish
a specified number of technical papers for the industry; and
|
|
|
|
Manage patents.
|
The weighted percentage of these objectives was 20%, 25%, 35%
and 20%, respectively.
Hans
Peter Michelet
|
|
|
|
|
Manage investor relations to keep investors apprised of company
developments;
|
|
|
|
Establish banking relationships for future growth; and
|
|
|
|
Successfully complete a private equity financing in 2007.
|
The weighted percentage of these objectives was 20%, 30% and
50%, respectively.
MariaElena
Ross
|
|
|
|
|
Build resources to meet 2007 recruiting requirements;
|
|
|
|
Develop effective human resources strategy to meet
organizational development requirements (such as training, total
compensation, communications and employee relations);
|
|
|
|
Build our administration and human resources team to implement
infrastructure for future growth; and
|
|
|
|
Hire, train and delegate legal review function.
|
The weighted percentage of these objectives was 30%, 30%, 25%
and 15%, respectively.
With respect to the EBITDA target, we calculated EBITDA starting
with net income, adjusting for interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization, including amortization for stock-based
compensation. Our calculation of EBITDA may not be comparable to
how other companies calculate it. Based on our calculation,
EBITDA for 2007 exceeded EBITDA for 2006 by 124%, which increase
was greater than the EBITDA growth target set for Mr. Pique.
Based on this result and subjective considerations, Mr. Pique
received a bonus for 2007 that was equal to 26% of his maximum
amount. With respect to the Named Executive Officers other than
Messrs. Pique and Michelet, our compensation committee evaluated
the individuals performance and achievement of objectives
and approved bonuses for 2007 that ranged from 26% to 100% of
the maximum bonus awards. The actual 2007 bonus award amounts
are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.
In 2007, Mr. Michelet received a bonus in the amount of
$125,000, which was paid outside the scope of the Executive
Financial Compensation Bonus Plan. We awarded Mr. Michelet
the bonus due to his expanded role in our company in 2007,
including serving as our interim chief financial officer until
November 2007, establishing new banking relationships that were
necessary for large international projects and identifying
strategic investors for our private placement in May 2007.
Although performance bonuses typically are capped at 100% of an
executives base salary under our executive bonus plan, our
board of directors awarded a $125,000 bonus to Mr. Michelet
in 2007 due to his expanded role and performance, after taking
into consideration the same market data that was used to create
our employee compensation plan. In 2008, Mr. Michelet will
be eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount not to
exceed 80% of his base salary if 200% of the EBITDA target is
achieved.
63
For 2008, our compensation committee set the following maximum
bonus amounts for which each of our Named Executive Officers is
eligible, based on a subjective consideration of each
individuals performance:
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Bonus Allowable
|
|
|
Under the Executive
|
Named Executive
Officer
|
|
Financial Compensation
Plan
|
|
Hans Peter Michelet
|
|
80% of base salary if 200% of the EBITDA target is achieved
|
G.G. Pique
|
|
80% of base salary if 200% of the EBITDA target is achieved
|
Thomas Willardson
|
|
140% of base salary if 300% of the EBITDA target is achieved
|
Richard Stover
|
|
10% of base salary
|
Terry Sandlin
|
|
30% of base salary
|
MariaElena Ross
|
|
30% of base salary
|
Dr. Stover is eligible to receive an additional commission
bonus for the sale and installation of our equipment worldwide.
For 2008, Dr. Stovers commission bonus rate is 0.5%
of the net margin contribution of all sales and installations of
our equipment. However, Dr. Stovers maximum annual
commission bonus is set at $300,000 and any earned but unpaid
bonus in excess of such $300,000 limit will be paid the
following year.
Equity
Based Incentives
We grant equity based incentives to employees, including our
executive officers, in order to create a corporate culture that
aligns employee interests with stockholder interests. We have
not adopted any specific stock ownership guidelines, and other
than the issuance of shares to our founders when we were
established and the sale of shares of common stock to our
executive officers, in addition to other third parties, in
connection with common stock offerings, our equity incentive
plans have provided the principal method for our executive
officers to acquire an equity position in our company, whether
in the form of shares or options.
Prior to this offering, we granted options and other equity
incentives to our officers under our 2001 Stock Option Plan,
2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, 2004 Stock Option/Stock
Issuance Plan or 2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as the
case may be. In connection with this offering, our board of
directors has adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, which we
will implement following this offering. The 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan permits the grant of stock options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units,
performance units, performance shares and other stock-based
awards. Historically, our Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plans were
administered by our board of directors. Going forward, all
equity compensation plans and awards will be administered by our
compensation committee under the delegated authority established
in the compensation committee charter.
Our stock option grants are discretionary. Employees may be
granted options for company stock upon approval by the board of
directors. The plan is designed to give employees an opportunity
to share in the companys success by allowing them to
purchase shares of stock. After an initial grant in connection
with the offer of employment, additional grants are based on the
employees performance which contributes towards meeting
specific company performance milestones. However, the size and
terms of any initial option grants to new employees, including
executive officers, are based largely on competitive conditions
applicable to the specific position and calibrated for the phase
of the Companys development.
After the completion of this offering our practice will be to
grant additional annual option grants to employees, including
executive officers, when the individual becomes substantially
vested and the board of directors or compensation committee
believes additional unvested equity incentives are appropriate
as a retention incentive. We expect this practice will be
implemented in connection with the compensation committees
annual performance review at the beginning of each fiscal year.
In making its determination concerning additional option grants,
the compensation committee will also consider, among other
factors, individual performance and the size and terms of the
individuals outstanding equity grants in the then-current
competitive environment.
To date, our equity incentives have been granted principally
with time-based vesting. Most new hire option grants, including
for executive officers, vest over a four-year period with 25%
vesting at the end of the first year of employment and the
remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the
subsequent three years. We expect that additional annual option
grants to continuing employees will typically vest over a
four-year period with 25% vesting on each annual anniversary of
the date of grant. Although our practice in recent years has
been to provide equity incentives principally in the form of
stock
64
option grants that vest over time, our compensation committee
may consider alternative forms of equity in the future, such as
performance shares, restricted stock units or restricted stock
awards with alternative vesting strategies based on the
achievement of performance milestones or financial metrics.
During 2007, our board of directors reviewed the aggregate
equity position of each of our executive officers as well as the
portion of the aggregate equity incentives that were vested
versus unvested. After these reviews, because a large portion of
the stock options previously granted to Messrs. Pique and
Sandlin and Ms. Ross remained subject to vesting, our board
of directors determined not to grant additional stock options to
each of these Named Executive Officers in 2007. Our board of
directors approved an option to purchase 100,000 shares of
our common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share to
Thomas Willardson, our chief financial officer, in connection
with his employment offer in November 2007. During 2007 our
board of directors also granted an option to purchase
2,800 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of
$5.00 per share to Richard Stover, our chief technical officer
and vice president of sales, in connection with his completion
of specified research and development projects.
In May 2008, our board of directors approved options to purchase
an aggregate of 660,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the
2008 Equity Incentive Plan to our Named Executive Officers and
other employees for retention purposes following the effective
date of our anticipated initial public offering. These options
will be granted on the effective date of the initial public
offering at a price equal to the public offering price.
Specifically, our board of directors approved option grants to
the Named Executive Officers as follows: 20,000 shares to Mr.
Willardson, 80,000 shares to Dr. Stover, 30,000 shares
to Mr. Sandlin and 20,000 shares to Ms. Lobel. No
options were granted to Mr. Pique, Mr. Michelet or Ms.
Ross due to their participation in determining the equity
incentive compensation related to these grants.
Benefits
We provide the following benefits to our Named Executive
Officers, generally on the same basis provided to all of our
employees with the exception of life insurance coverage:
|
|
|
|
|
health, dental and vision insurance;
|
|
|
|
life insurance, including accidental death and dismemberment;
|
|
|
|
employee stock option plan;
|
|
|
|
medical and dependant care flexible spending account;
|
|
|
|
long-term disability; and
|
|
|
|
a 401(k) plan.
|
We believe these benefits are consistent with companies with
which we compete for employees.
Severance
and Termination Compensation
In connection with certain terminations of employment, our
executive officers may be entitled to receive certain severance
payments and benefits pursuant to their respective employment
agreements, offer letters
and/or
management retention agreements. In setting the terms of and
determining whether to approve these arrangements, our board of
directors recognized that executives often face challenges
securing new employment following termination and that
distractions created by uncertain job security surrounding
potential beneficial transactions may have a detrimental impact
on their performance.
Chief
Executive Officer
Under the terms of the March 2006 employment agreement with our
president and chief executive officer, G.G. Pique, as amended in
January 2008, if Mr. Pique is involuntarily terminated
(other than for cause, death or disability) he will be entitled
to receive the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
lump sum payment, immediately following termination, of any and
all base salary due and owing to him through the date of
termination, plus an amount equal to his earned but unused
vacation through the date of termination, reimbursement for all
reasonable expenses and any earned but unpaid and undeferred
bonus attributable to the year that ends immediately before the
year in which his termination occurs;
|
|
|
|
lump sum payment, immediately following termination, of an
amount equal to 70% of Mr. Piques then current annual
base salary, less deductions required by law; and
|
|
|
|
immediate vesting of all unvested equity compensation held by
Mr. Pique as of the date of termination;
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
until the earlier of one year from the date of termination or
such time as Mr. Pique has become covered under another
employers plans with comparable coverage, continued
health, dental, vision and life insurance benefits at the same
levels of coverage and with the same relative ratios of premium
payments by us and Mr. Pique as existed prior to the
termination.
|
In addition, if during the term of the agreement, Mr. Pique
is involuntarily terminated (other than for cause, death or
disability) within one year following a change in control of our
company, Mr. Pique will be entitled to receive the
severance benefits described above and an additional lump sum
payment of an amount equal to 30% of Mr. Piques
current annual base salary to be paid immediately following such
termination.
Payment of the benefits described above is subject to
Mr. Piques executing a general release of claims
against us or persons affiliated with us and agreeing not to
prosecute any legal action or other proceeding based on any such
claims.
In the event of a termination of employment for cause, including
death or disability, or a voluntary termination by
Mr. Pique, Mr. Pique will be entitled to receive:
|
|
|
|
|
a lump sum payment of any and all base salary due and owing
through to the date of termination;
|
|
|
|
an amount equal to earned but unused vacation through the date
of termination and reimbursement of all reasonable expenses; and
|
|
|
|
any earned but unpaid and undeferred bonus attributable to the
year that ends immediately before the year in which
Mr. Piques termination occurs.
|
Other
Named Executive Officers
We also entered management retention agreements with our other
Named Executive Officers, with the exception of Hans Peter
Michelet. Under the terms of these agreements, if the executive
is involuntarily terminated (other than for cause, death, or
disability) our executive officers will be entitled to receive
the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
lump sum payment, immediately following termination, of any and
all base salary due and owing to the executive through the date
of termination, plus an amount equal to
his/her
earned but unused vacation through the date of termination,
reimbursement for all reasonable expenses and any earned but
unpaid and undeferred bonus attributable to the year that ends
immediately before the year in which the termination occurs;
|
|
|
|
lump sum payment, immediately following termination, of an
amount equal to 50% of the executives current annual base
salary, less deductions required by law, and an additional
amount equal to 50% of the executives current annual base
salary if the executive is involuntarily terminated (other than
for cause, death, or disability) within 12 months following
a change of control; and
|
|
|
|
immediate vesting of all unvested equity compensation held by
the executive as of the date of termination;
|
|
|
|
until the earlier of one year from the date of termination or
such time as the executive has become covered under another
employers plans with comparable coverage, continued
health, dental, vision and life insurance benefits at the same
levels of coverage and with the same relative ratios of premium
payments by us and the executive as existed prior to the
termination.
|
Payment of the benefits described above under these management
retention agreements is subject to the executives
executing and a general release of claims against us or persons
affiliated with us and agreeing not to prosecute any legal
action or other proceeding based on any such claims.
In the event of a termination of employment for cause, or upon
death or disability, or a voluntary termination by the
executive, the executive will be entitled to receive:
|
|
|
|
|
a lump sum payment of any and all base salary due and owing
through to the date of termination;
|
|
|
|
an amount equal to earned but unused vacation through the date
of termination and reimbursement of all reasonable expenses; and
|
|
|
|
any earned but unpaid and undeferred bonus attributable to the
year that ends immediately before the year in which the
executives termination occurs.
|
Tax
Deductibility
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally
disallows a tax deduction to public corporations for
compensation greater than $1 million paid for any fiscal
year to certain executive officers. However, performance-based
compensation is not subject to the $1 million deduction
limit if certain requirements are met. Our compensation
committee may consider the impact of Section 162(m) when
designing our cash and equity bonus programs, but may elect to
provide compensation that is not fully deductible as a result of
Section 162(m) if it determines this is in our best
interests.
66
COMPENSATION
OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Summary
Compensation Table
The table below summarizes the compensation information in
respect of the Named Executive Officers for 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
and Other Bonus
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Principal Position
|
|
Salary ($)
|
|
Awards ($)(1)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
Total ($)
|
G.G. Pique
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
68,877
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
1,401
|
|
|
|
410,278
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans Peter Michelet(4)
|
|
|
109,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
30,200
|
|
|
|
264,815
|
|
Former Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Willardson(5)
|
|
|
35,577
|
|
|
|
8,451
|
|
|
|
25,250
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
69,437
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Stover(6)
|
|
|
216,461
|
|
|
|
12,420
|
|
|
|
70,300
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
299,459
|
|
Chief Technical Officer and Vice President of Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terrill Sandlin(7)
|
|
|
138,700
|
|
|
|
9,999
|
|
|
|
42,900
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
191,990
|
|
Vice President of Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MariaElena Ross(8)
|
|
|
133,461
|
|
|
|
8,313
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
182,151
|
|
Vice President Administration and Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The amounts shown represent the
compensation costs for financial reporting purposes of
previously granted stock awards and stock options recognized for
the year ended December 31, 2007 under FAS 123R,
rather than an amount paid to or realized by the Named Executive
Officer. The FAS 123R value as of the grant date for stock
awards and stock options is spread over the number of months of
service required for the grant to become non-forfeitable. The
amount disclosed disregards estimates of forfeitures of awards
that are otherwise included in the financial statement reporting
for such awards. Ratable amounts expensed for stock options that
were granted in years prior to 2007 are also reflected in this
column.
|
|
(2)
|
|
In 2007, under our Executive
Financial Compensation Plan, our chief executive officer was
eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount not to exceed 100%
of his base salary, and the maximum bonus amount for which our
other Named Executive Officers were eligible, other than
Mr. Michelet, was 30% of such executive officers base
salary.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents amounts paid for life
insurance for the executive.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Mr. Michelet served as our
interim chief financial officer from January 2005 to November
2007, and received a year-end bonus outside of our executive
compensation bonus plan in the amount of $125,000. In addition,
Mr. Michelet received a housing allowance in the amount of
$30,200.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Willardson was appointed
as our chief financial officer in November 2007.
Mr. Willardson received a performance-based bonus in the
amount of $25,000 and a holiday bonus in the amount of $250.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Dr. Stover received a
performance-based bonus in the amount of $69,300 and a holiday
bonus in the amount of $1,000. Dr. Stovers
performance-based bonus was equal to 30% of his base salary at
the time of the bonus payment.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Mr. Sandlin received a
performance-based bonus in the amount of $41,900 and a holiday
bonus in the amount of $1,000.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Ms. Ross received a
performance-based bonus in the amount of $39,000 and a holiday
bonus in the amount of $1,000.
|
67
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards in 2007
The following table sets forth information concerning non-equity
incentive plan grants to the Named Executive Officers during
2007. The non-equity incentive plan consists of the Executive
Financial Compensation Bonus Plan that is described in the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above. The actual
amounts realized in respect of the non-equity plan incentive
awards are reported in the Summary Compensation Table under the
Non-Equity Incentive Compensation Bonus Plan column. The table
also sets forth information with respect to option awards
granted by our company during 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payouts Under
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive
|
|
Number of
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
Securities
|
|
Base Price
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
Underlying
|
|
of Option
|
|
of Option
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Target
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Options
|
|
Awards
|
|
Awards
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
($)(3)
|
G.G. Pique
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans Peter Michelet(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Willardson(5)
|
|
|
11/1/07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
237,000
|
|
Richard Stover
|
|
|
6/28/07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,000
|
|
|
|
69,300
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
6,900
|
|
Terrill Sandlin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,300
|
|
|
|
41,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MariaElena Ross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,300
|
|
|
|
39,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In 2007, under our Executive
Financial Compensation Plan, our chief executive officer was
eligible to earn an annual bonus in an amount not to exceed 100%
of his base salary, and the maximum bonus amount for which our
other Named Executive Officers were eligible, other than
Mr. Michelet, was 30% of such executive officers base
salary. Mr. Michelets bonus was paid outside of our
Executive Financial Compensation Bonus Plan.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The fair value of the common stock
for options granted was estimated either by our board of
directors with input from management or by the stock prices in
conjunction with private placements with third parties.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Amounts reflect the aggregate grant
date fair value of stock options granted in 2007, calculated in
accordance with SFAS No. 123(R) without regard to
estimated forfeitures. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in
determining the grant date fair value of our stock options.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Mr. Michelet served as our
interim chief financial officer from January 2005 to November
2007.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Willardson was appointed
as our chief financial officer in November 2007.
|
68
Outstanding
Equity Awards At December 31, 2007
The following table presents certain information concerning
equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers at the end of
2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Options
|
|
Unearned
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Option
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
(#)
|
|
Options
|
|
Price
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
Date
|
G.G. Pique
|
|
|
250,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
12/08/16
|
|
Hans Peter Michelet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Willardson
|
|
|
47,083
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,083
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
10/31/17
|
|
|
|
|
52,917
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,917
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
10/31/17
|
|
Richard Stover
|
|
|
59,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,500
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
12/14/15
|
|
|
|
|
1,042
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
12/14/15
|
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
12/08/16
|
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
6/27/17
|
|
Terrill Sandlin
|
|
|
5,000
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
12/14/15
|
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
12/08/16
|
|
MariaElena Ross
|
|
|
40,000
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,334
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
04/04/15
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
12/14/15
|
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
12/08/16
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 2006 Plan, on
December 9, 2006 and vests for a period of four years
beginning December 9, 2006. The options vest 25% on the
first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/36 of
the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully vested on
December 9, 2010.
|
|
(2)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2006 Plan on November 1, 2007 and vests for a period of
four years beginning November 1, 2007. The options vest 25%
on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on November 1, 2011.
|
|
(3)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2004 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 2004 Plan, on
November 1, 2007 and vests for a period of four years
beginning November 1, 2007. The options vest 25% on the
first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/36 of
the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully vested on
November 1, 2011.
|
|
(4)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2004 Plan on December 15, 2005 and vests for a period of
four years beginning December 15, 2005. The options vest
25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date
and 1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on December 15, 2009.
|
|
(5)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 2002 Plan, on
December 15, 2005 and vests for a period of four years
beginning December 15, 2005. The options vest 25% on the
first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/36 of
the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully vested on
December 15, 2009.
|
|
(6)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2006 Plan on December 9, 2006 and vests for a period of
four years beginning December 9, 2006. The options vest 25%
on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on December 9, 2010.
|
|
(7)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2006 Plan on June 28, 2007 and vests for a period of four
years beginning June 28, 2007. The options vest 25% on the
first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/36 of
the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully vested on
June 28, 2011.
|
|
(8)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2004 Plan on December 15, 2005 and vests for a period of
four years beginning December 15, 2005. The options vest 25
on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on December 15, 2009.
|
|
(9)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2006 Plan on December 9, 2006 and vests for a period of
four years beginning December 9, 2006. The options vest 25%
on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on December 9, 2010.
|
|
(10)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan on April 5, 2005 and
vests for a period of four years beginning April 5, 2005.
The options vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting
commencement date and 1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter
and will be fully vested on April 5, 2009.
|
|
(11)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2002 Plan on December 15, 2005 and vests for a period of
four years beginning December 15, 2005. The options vest 25
on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on December 15, 2009.
|
|
(12)
|
|
This option was granted under the
2006 Plan on December 9, 2006 and vests for a period of
four years beginning December 9, 2006. The options vest 25%
on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
1/36 of the remaining per month thereafter and will be fully
vested on December 9, 2010.
|
69
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested
None of our Named Executive Officers exercised any options and
no shares vested for any of our Named Executive Officers during
2007.
Employment
Arrangements with Named Executive Officers
G.G.
Pique
In March 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with G.G.
Pique, our president and chief executive officer. Under the
employment agreement, we employ Mr. Pique for a period of
two years from the date of the agreement, at the end of which
Mr. Piques agreement terminates and he will be
employed with us on an at-will basis. Mr. Piques
initial base salary was set at $250,000, which the compensation
committee reviews annually for potential adjustments. The
employment agreement also provides Mr. Pique with an annual
performance bonus opportunity in an amount not to exceed 100% of
his base salary. In addition, Mr. Piques employment
agreement provides for the grant of options to purchase
250,000 shares of our common stock. Mr. Pique
exercised options granted in 2002, 2003 and 2004 to purchase an
aggregate of 750,000 shares of our common stock upon
execution and delivery of promissory notes dated February 2005
in the aggregate amount of $195,000, all of which notes and
accrued interest totaling $219,187 were repaid as of March 2008.
In January 2008, we amended Mr. Piques employment
agreement to provide for an increase of his annual base salary
to $350,000. The amendment also extends Mr. Piques
term of employment with us for an additional 24 months from
the date of the amendment, at the end of which term
Mr. Piques agreement terminates and he will be
employed with us on an at-will basis. In addition, the amendment
provides for the accelerated vesting of all stock options
granted to Mr. Pique under his 2006 Equity Compensation
Grant at the end of his employment term. In May 2008, the
agreement was further amended to provide for the accelerated
vesting of such stock options as of December 31, 2008 if
our initial public offering is not consummated, through no fault
of Mr. Pique, as determined in good faith by the board.
In January 2008, we also modified Mr. Piques bonus
arrangement wherein Mr. Pique will be eligible to receive
an annual bonus in an amount not to exceed 80% of his base
salary if 200% of the EBITDA target is achieved.
Hans
Peter Michelet
During 2007, we paid Hans Peter Michelet a base salary in the
amount of $109,615 and a bonus in the amount of $125,000 for his
services as our interim chief financial officer. In addition, we
paid Mr. Michelet a housing allowance in the amount of
$30,200. We did not enter into a formal employment agreement
with Mr. Michelet relating to his services in this role.
In March 2008, our board approved an employment arrangement with
Mr. Michelet for his services as executive chairman of our
board. As our executive chairman, he will play a role in
investor relations and the determination of our strategic
direction. Under this arrangement, Mr. Michelet serves as
an at-will employee of our company and his initial base salary
is set at $250,000. Additionally, the employment arrangement
provides for the grant of options to purchase
100,000 shares of our common stock and an annual
performance bonus opportunity in an amount not to exceed 80% of
his base salary if 200% of the EBITDA target is achieved.
In May 2008, our board approved a housing allowance of $55,000
for Mr. Michelet for the period between June 2008 through
June 2009.
Thomas
Willardson
We entered into an employment agreement in November 2007 with
Thomas Willardson, our chief financial officer. Under the
employment agreement, we employ Mr. Willardson for a period
of eight months from the date of the agreement, at the end of
which Mr. Willardsons agreement terminates and he
will be employed with us on an at-will basis.
Mr. Willardsons initial base salary was set at
$250,000. The employment agreement also provides
Mr. Willardson with an annual performance bonus opportunity
in an amount not to exceed 100% of his base salary.
In February 2008, we amended Mr. Willardsons
employment agreement, effective July 1, 2008. Pursuant to
the amendment, Mr. Willardsons term of employment was
extended from eight months to 13 months, at the end of
which Mr. Willardsons employment becomes at-will. The
amendment also provides that in the event that the initial
public offering is not consummated through no fault of
Mr. Willardson, all stock options granted to
Mr. Willardson in December 2007 will immediately and fully
vest as of December 31, 2008.
70
Richard
Stover
We entered into an employment agreement dated July 1, 2006
with Richard Stover, our chief technical officer. Under the
employment agreement, we employ Dr. Stover for a period of
24 months from the date of the agreement, at the end of
which Dr. Stovers agreement terminates and he will be
employed with us on an at-will basis. Dr. Stovers
initial base salary was set at $210,000. The employment
agreement also provides Dr. Stover with an annual
performance bonus opportunity in an amount not to exceed 100% of
his base salary. Pursuant to the employment agreement, we
granted Dr. Stover an option to purchase 30,000 shares
of our common stock. Dr. Stover exercised options granted
in 2002, 2003 and 2004 to purchase an aggregate of
175,000 shares of our common stock upon execution and
delivery of promissory notes dated February 2005 in the
aggregate amount of $51,000, all of which notes and accrued
interest totaling $56,173 were repaid as of March 2008.
In February 2008, we amended Dr. Stovers employment
agreement, effective July 1, 2008. Pursuant to the
amendment, Dr. Stovers term of employment was
extended from 24 months to 30 months, at the end of
which Dr. Stovers employment becomes at-will. While
the amendment provides for this increased base salary as of
January 1, 2008, we have been paying Dr. Stover a base salary of
$231,000 since September 1, 2007. The amendment also
provides that in the event that the initial public offering is
not consummated as scheduled, through no fault of Dr. Stover,
all stock options granted to Dr. Stover in December 2006
will immediately and fully vest as of December 31, 2008.
Terrill
Sandlin
We entered into an employment agreement dated July 1, 2006
with Terrill Sandlin, our vice president of manufacturing. Under
the employment agreement, we employ Mr. Sandlin for a
period of 24 months from the date of the agreement, at the
end of which Mr. Sandlins agreement terminates and he
will be employed with us on an at-will basis.
Mr. Sandlins initial base salary was set at $130,000.
The employment agreement also provides Mr. Sandlin with an
annual performance bonus opportunity in an amount not to exceed
100% of his base salary. Pursuant to the employment agreement,
we granted Mr. Sandlin an initial option to purchase
30,000 shares of our common stock. Mr. Sandlin
exercised options granted in 2001, 2002 and 2004 to purchase an
aggregate of 120,000 shares of our common stock upon
execution and delivery of promissory notes dated February 2005
in the aggregate amount of $36,000, all of which notes and
accrued interest totaling $40,364 were repaid as of March 2008.
In February 2008, we amended Mr. Sandlins employment
agreement, effective July 1, 2008. Pursuant to the
amendment, Mr. Sandlins term of employment was
extended from 24 months to 30 months, at the end of
which Mr. Sandlins employment becomes at-will. While
the amendment provides for this increased base salary as of
January 1, 2008, we have been paying Mr. Sandlin a base salary
of $143,000 since April 24, 2007. The amendment also
provides that in the event that the initial public offering is
not consummated as scheduled, through no fault of Mr. Sandlin,
all stock options granted to Mr. Sandlin in December 2006
will immediately and fully vest as of December 31, 2008.
MariaElena
Ross
We entered into an employment agreement dated July 1, 2006
with MariaElena Ross, our vice president of administration and
human resources. Under the employment agreement, we employ
Ms. Ross for a period of 24 months from the date of
the agreement, at the end of which Ms. Rosss
agreement terminates and she will be employed with us on an
at-will basis. Ms. Rosss initial base salary was set
at $130,000. The employment agreement also provides
Ms. Ross with an annual performance bonus opportunity in an
amount not to exceed 100% of her base salary. Pursuant to the
employment agreement, we granted Ms. Ross an initial option
to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock.
In February 2008, we amended Ms. Rosss employment
agreement, effective July 1, 2008. Pursuant to the
amendment, Ms. Rosss term of employment was extended
from 24 months to 30 months, at the end of which
Ms. Rosss employment becomes at-will. While the
amendment provides for this increased base salary as of January
1, 2008, we have been paying Ms. Ross a base salary of $145,000
since October 1, 2007. The amendment also provides that in
the event that the initial public offering is not consummated as
scheduled, through no fault of Ms. Ross, all stock options
granted to Ms. Ross in December 2006 will immediately and
fully vest as of December 31, 2008.
The severance and termination terms of our Named Executive
Officers current employment agreements are further
discussed under the caption Compensation Discussion and
AnalysisSeverance and Termination above.
Additionally, each of our Named Executive Officers, except for
Mr. Michelet, has entered into our standard employment
agreement, which contains customary provisions relating to
restrictions on competition during the period of employment as
well as restrictions on solicitation during the term of
employment and for two years after termination.
71
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
The table below reflects the compensation and benefits due to
each of the Named Executive Officers in the event of termination
of employment: (i) upon a voluntary termination;
(ii) an involuntary for cause termination (including death
and disability); (iii) an involuntary termination without
cause; and (iv) an involuntary termination following a
change in control. The amounts shown assume that each
termination of employment was effective as of December 31,
2007. The amounts shown in the table are estimates of the
amounts which would be paid upon termination of employment. The
actual amounts to be paid can only be determined at the time of
the termination of employment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary
|
|
Termination
|
|
Within 12 Months
|
|
|
Voluntary
|
|
Termination
|
|
Without
|
|
Following a Change
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
For Cause
|
|
Cause
|
|
in Control
|
Name
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
($)(2)(3)
|
|
($)(3)(4)
|
G.G. Pique
|
|
|
25,700
|
|
|
|
25,700
|
|
|
|
1,347,575
|
|
|
|
1,422,575
|
|
Hans Peter Michelet(5)
|
|
|
8,061
|
|
|
|
8,061
|
|
|
|
8,061
|
|
|
|
8,061
|
|
Thomas Willardson(6)
|
|
|
7,722
|
|
|
|
7,722
|
|
|
|
482,722
|
|
|
|
607,722
|
|
Richard Stover
|
|
|
12,382
|
|
|
|
12,382
|
|
|
|
480,757
|
|
|
|
596,257
|
|
Terrill Sandlin
|
|
|
23,287
|
|
|
|
23,287
|
|
|
|
258,498
|
|
|
|
329,998
|
|
MariaElena Ross
|
|
|
12,038
|
|
|
|
12,038
|
|
|
|
484,918
|
|
|
|
557,418
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
This amount includes: (i) base
salary due and owing at termination; (ii) earned but unused
vacation through the date of termination;
(iii) reimbursement of all reasonable expenses; and
(iv) any earned but unpaid and undeferred bonus
attributable to the year that ends immediately before the year
in which the executives termination occurs.
|
|
(2)
|
|
This amount includes: (i) base
salary due and owing at termination; (ii) earned but unused
vacation through the date of termination;
(iii) reimbursement of all reasonable expenses;
(iv) any earned but unpaid and undeferred bonus
attributable to the year that ends immediately before the year
in which the executives termination occurs;
(v) payment in an amount equal to 70% of current annual
base salary, in the case of Mr. Pique, and 50% of current
annual base salary, in the case of other Named Executive
Officers; (vi) equity acceleration; and (vii) our
payments for continued health, dental, vision and life insurance
benefits for a period of one year.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Equity acceleration is calculated
as the spread value of all unvested stock options and restricted
stock held by the executive on December 31, 2007, at the
initial public offering price of our common stock of $8.50. The
vesting of all then-unvested stock options, restricted stock or
other unvested equity incentives held by the executive
immediately accelerates upon termination of executives
employment without cause.
|
|
(4)
|
|
This amount includes: (i) base
salary due and owing at termination; (ii) earned but unused
vacation through the date of termination;
(iii) reimbursement of all reasonable expenses;
(iv) any earned but unpaid and undeferred bonus
attributable to the year that ends immediately before the year
in which the executives termination occurs;
(v) payment in an amount equal to 100% of current annual
base salary; (vi) equity acceleration; and (vii) our
payments for continued health, dental, vision and life insurance
benefits for a period of one year.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Michelet served as our
interim chief financial officer from January 2005 to November
2007. We did not enter into a written employment agreement with
Mr. Michelet. Consequently, had Mr. Michelets employment
been terminated, or had a change of control occurred, as of
December 31, 2007, Mr. Michelet would have received only an
amount equal to unpaid wages and unused vacation as of such date.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Mr. Willardson was appointed
as our chief financial officer in November 2007.
|
In addition to the benefits described above, our 2002 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan, 2004 Stock Option/Stock Issuance
Plan and 2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan provide for the
acceleration of vesting of awards in certain circumstances in
connection with or following a change of control of our company.
See Employee Benefit Plans below.
72
Employee
Benefit Plans
2008
Equity Incentive Plan
The following contains a summary of the material terms of our
2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2008 Plan, which was approved
by our board of directors in March 2008 and which we expect our
stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this
offering. The 2008 Plan, which will be effective immediately
prior to the effectiveness of this offering, is the successor to
our 2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. No further awards
will be granted under our 2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
after this offering. The awards outstanding after this offering
under the 2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan will continue to
be governed by their existing terms.
Purpose of the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan is intended
to promote our long-term success and the creation of stockholder
value by encouraging employees, directors and consultants to
focus on critical long-range objectives, encouraging the
attraction and retention of employees, directors and consultants
with exceptional qualifications and linking employees, directors
and consultants directly to stockholder interests through
increased stock ownership.
Term of the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan will continue
in effect for seven years from its adoption date, unless our
board of directors decides to terminate the plan earlier.
Share Reserve. The maximum number of shares that we
have authorized for issuance under the 2008 Plan is
1,400,000 shares.
Any award intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the
Code shall be limited to an aggregate of 500,000 shares per
individual in a single calendar year, except that a newly hired
employee may receive one or more awards intended to comply with
Section 162(m) of the Code up to 800,000 shares in the
first calendar year of employment. All shares available under
the 2008 Plan may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock
options.
As of the first day of each year, commencing in 2009, the
aggregate number of shares that may be issued or transferred
under the 2008 Plan shall automatically increase by a number
equal to the lowest of (a) 5% of the total number of shares
then outstanding, (b) 2,500,000 shares or (c) the
number determined by the board of directors. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be
issued or transferred under the 2008 Plan during the term of the
Plan shall not exceed 10,000,000 shares.
In general, if options or other awards granted under the 2008
Plan are forfeited or terminate for any other reason before
being exercised or settled, then the shares subject to such
options or awards will again become available for awards under
the 2008 Plan.
Administration of the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan is
administered by a committee of our board of directors, which
will have complete discretion to make all decisions relating to
the interpretation and operation of the 2008 Plan. The committee
will have the discretion to determine who will receive an award,
the type of award, the number of shares that will be covered by
the award, the vesting requirements of the award, if any, and
all other features and conditions of the award. The committee
may implement rules and procedures that differ from those
described below in order to adapt the 2008 Plan to the
requirements of countries other than the United States. Any
action taken or determination made by the committee will be
final, binding and conclusive on all affected persons. Within
the limits set forth by the 2008 Plan, the committee may also
reprice outstanding options and modify outstanding awards in
other ways.
Eligibility. Any employee, consultant or
non-employee director may be selected by the committee to
participate in the 2008 Plan. Except as set forth below with
respect to incentive options, all awards may be granted by the
committee to any employee, consultant or non-employee director
who performs services for us or our parent or subsidiary and who
is determined by the committee to be eligible for an award.
Type of 2008 Plan Awards. Awards granted under the
2008 Plan may include any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
non-qualified options are options to purchase shares of our
common stock at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the
fair market value per share on the date of grant;
|
|
|
|
incentive options are options designed to meet certain tax code
provisions, which provide favorable tax treatment to optionees
if certain conditions are met. Incentive options are issued at
an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value
per share (or 110% of fair market value per share if issued to
10% stockholders) on the date of grant and may only be granted
to employees;
|
|
|
|
stock units are rights to receive a specified number of shares
of our common stock, the fair market value of such common stock
in cash or a combination of cash and shares upon expiration of
the vesting period specified for such stock units by the
committee;
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
restricted shares are shares of common stock which are issued to
the participant subject to such forfeiture and other
restrictions as the committee, in its sole discretion, shall
determine. Restricted shares may not be transferred by the
participant prior to the lapse of such restrictions; and
|
|
|
|
stock appreciation rights are rights to receive shares of our
common stock, cash or a combination of shares and cash, the
value of which is equal to the spread or excess of (i) the
fair market value per share on the date of exercise over
(ii) the fair market value per share on the date of grant
with respect to a specified number of shares of common stock.
|
Performance Awards. The committee may grant
performance awards to employees, consultants or non-employee
directors based on performance criteria measured over a
specified period of one or more years. Such criteria may include
operating profits (including EBITDA), net profits, earnings per
share, profit returns and margins, revenue, stockholder return
and/or
value, stock price and working capital or, for awards not
intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, such
other performance criteria determined by the board of directors.
Vesting of Awards and Exercise of Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights. Options and stock appreciation
rights vest at the time or times determined by the committee. In
most cases, our options vest over the four-year period following
the date of grant. Vesting may accelerate in the event of death
or disability.
Restricted shares and stock units vest at the time or times
determined by the committee and may be subject to service-based
or performance-based vesting conditions. Vesting may accelerate
in the event of death or disability.
Change in Control. If a change in control of our
company occurs, the vesting of an award under the 2008 Plan will
generally not accelerate unless the surviving corporation in a
merger or consolidation does not assume the option or award or
replace it with a comparable award. A change in control includes:
|
|
|
|
|
a merger of our company after which our stockholders own 50% or
less of the surviving corporation or its parent company;
|
|
|
|
a sale of all or substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
a change in the composition of the board of directors, as a
result of which less than 50% of the incumbent directors either
had been directors two years before the change in composition of
the board or were appointed or nominated by the board by a
majority of the directors who had been directors two years
before or had been selected in this manner; or
|
|
|
|
an acquisition of 50% or more of our outstanding stock by any
person or group, other than a person related to our company,
such as a holding company owned by our stockholders.
|
In the event that we are a party to a merger or consolidation in
which options or awards are not assumed or replaced with
comparable awards by the surviving corporation, all outstanding
options or awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or
consolidation, which shall provide for one or more of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the acceleration of vesting of 100% of the then unvested portion
of the common stock subject to any outstanding options and stock
appreciation rights;
|
|
|
|
the cancellation of all outstanding options and stock
appreciation rights in exchange for a payment to the holders
thereof equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of
the common shares subject to such options and stock appreciation
rights over (ii) their exercise price. Such payment shall
be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents or securities of
the surviving corporation or its parent, and such payment may be
made in installments and deferred until the date or dates when
such options and stock appreciation rights would have vested; and
|
|
|
|
The cancellation of all outstanding stock units and a payment to
the holders thereof equal to the fair market value of the common
stock subject to such stock units. Such payment shall be made in
the form of cash, cash equivalents or securities of the
surviving corporation or its parent, and such payment may be
made in installments and deferred until the date or dates when
such stock units would have vested.
|
In addition, our committee shall have the discretion, in
connection with a change in control or otherwise, to provide for
the acceleration of vesting at any time of some or all of any
options or awards granted under our 2008 Plan.
Amendment and Termination of 2008 Plan. The board of
directors may amend or terminate the 2008 Plan at any time. No
amendment can be effective prior to its approval by our
stockholders, to the extent that such approval is required by
applicable legal requirements or any exchange on which our
common stock is listed.
74
2006
Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
Our 2006 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 2006 Plan, was
adopted by our board of directors and approved by our
stockholders in May 2006. The plan provides for the grant of
stock issuances and stock options to our employees, non-employee
directors, consultants and independent advisors. The 2006 Plan
is divided into two separate equity programs, an option grant
program and a stock issuance program, each of which is discussed
in more detail below.
We have reserved a total of 860,000 shares of our common
stock for issuance pursuant to the 2006 Plan. As of
March 31, 2008, options to purchase 813,683 shares of our
common stock were outstanding and 37,567 shares were available
for future grant under this plan. Our board of directors has
decided not to grant any additional options or other awards
under this plan following the completion of this offering.
However, this plan will continue to govern the terms and
conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under
this plan.
The 2006 Plan calls for administration to be carried out by the
board of directors or a committee delegated by the board of
directors. Our 2006 Plan is administered by our compensation
committee.
Under the 2006 Plan, the plan administrator has the full
authority to determine: (i) with respect to grants under
the option grant program, which eligible persons are to receive
option grants, the times when those grants are to be made, the
number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of
the granted option as either an incentive option or a
nonstatutory option, the times when each option is to become
exercisable, the exercise price per share, the vesting schedule
applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which
the option is to remain outstanding; and (ii) with respect
to stock issuances under the stock issuance program, which
eligible persons are to receive stock issuances, the times when
those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be
issued to each participant, the vesting schedule applicable to
the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the
participant for such shares. The plan administrator also has the
absolute discretion either to grant or to effect stock issuances.
Option
Grant Program
The exercise price of all options, except for incentive options
(or options that satisfy the requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code Section 422) granted under our option
grant program must not be less than 85% of the fair market value
of our common stock on the date of grant. However, with respect
to any participant who is a 10% stockholder, the exercise price
of such options must not be less than 110% of the fair market
value on the grant date. The term of any options granted under
our option grant program may not exceed 10 years. With
respect to incentive options, the exercise price per share of an
incentive option must not be less than 100% of the fair market
value on the grant date. Also, the aggregate fair market value
of the incentive options that become exercisable for the first
time during any one calendar year must not exceed $100,000.
Finally, the term of any incentive option granted to an employee
who is a 10% stockholder may not exceed five years.
After termination of service by an employee, director or
consultant, for any reason other than death, disability or
misconduct, he or she has a period of one month following the
date of termination during which to exercise his or her option.
If termination is due to death or disability, the option will
remain exercisable for 12 months. If the termination is due
to misconduct, then all outstanding options held by the
individual terminates immediately. While the plan administrator
may, at its discretion, extend the period of time for which the
option is to remain exercisable, no option may is exercisable
after the expiration of its term.
Our option grant program provides that in the event of a change
in control of our company, defined as a merger or consolidation
where more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power
of our outstanding securities are transferred to a person or
persons different from those holding our securities immediately
prior to such transaction, or the sale, transfer or other
disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, the
shares subject to each outstanding option shall automatically
vest in full so that each such option becomes fully exercisable
and may be exercised as fully vested shares prior to the
effective date of the change in control. However, such shares
may not vest on such an accelerated basis if:
|
|
|
|
|
the option is assumed by the successor corporation and our
repurchase rights with respect to the unvested option shares are
assigned to such corporation;
|
|
|
|
such option is to be replaced with the successor
corporations cash incentive program, which preserves the
spread existing on the unvested option shares and provides for
subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule
applicable to those unvested option shares; or
|
|
|
|
acceleration of the option is subject to other limitations
imposed by the plan administrator at the time of the option
grant.
|
75
In any case, our option grant program gives the plan
administrator the discretion to provide for automatic
acceleration of one or more outstanding options in the event of
a change in control, whether or not those options are to be
assumed in the change in control.
Our option grant program also gives the plan administrator the
full power and authority to structure an option so that the
shares subject to that option will automatically vest on an
accelerated basis should the option holders service
terminate by reason of an involuntary termination within a
period not to exceed 18 months following the effective date
of a change in control. Any option so accelerated remains
exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the option
term or the expiration of one year from the effective date of
the involuntary termination.
Stock
Issuance Program
Under our stock issuance program, the plan administrator has
discretion to fix the purchase price of the shares. However,
such price may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the issue date, and with respect to any
shares issued to a 10% stockholder, the purchase price may not
be less than 110% of the fair market value on the issue date.
Shares of our common stock issued under the stock issuance
program may be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may
vest in installments over the participants period of
service or upon attainment of specific performance goals. While
the plan administrator has discretion in determining the vesting
schedule, no vesting schedule may be more restrictive than 20%
per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur no later than
one year after the issuance date. However, such limitation does
not apply to common stock issuances made to our officers,
non-employee board members or independent consultants.
Our stock issuance program gives the participant full
stockholder rights with respect to any shares of common stock
issued under such program, whether or not the participants
interest in those shares is vested. Our stock issuance program
also calls for immediate surrender and cancellation of any
unvested shares of common stock should the participants
service be terminated or
his/her
performance goals not be attained with respect to such unvested
shares. However, the plan administrator may at its discretion
waive such the surrender and cancellation of the unvested shares
at any time.
Our stock issuance program further provides that in the event of
a change in control, all repurchase rights under the program
terminates immediately and shares subject to those rights
immediately vest in full, except to the extent that:
(i) our repurchase rights are assigned to such corporation;
or (ii) acceleration is subject to other limitations
imposed by the plan administrator at the time the repurchase
right is issued.
The plan administrator has the discretionary authority to
provide that our repurchase rights with respect to unvested
shares automatically terminate and the shares subject to such
rights immediately vest in the event that the participants
service terminates by reason of an involuntary termination
within a period not to exceed 18 months following the
effective date of a change in control.
2004
Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
Our 2004 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or 2004 Plan, was
adopted by our board of directors and approved by our
stockholders in January 2004. Our 2004 Plan provides for the
grant of stock issuances and stock options to our employees,
non-employee directors, consultants and other independent
advisors. The administration and features of the 2004 Plan and
the terms of the options granted thereunder are substantially
similar to the corresponding features of the 2006 Plan.
We have reserved a total of 850,000 shares of our common
stock for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Plan. As of
March 31, 2008, options to purchase 339,208 shares of
our common stock were outstanding and 8,709 shares were
available for future grant under this plan. Our board of
directors has decided not to grant any additional options or
other awards under this plan following the completion of this
offering. However, this plan will continue to govern the terms
and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted
under this plan.
2002
Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
Our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or 2002 Plan, was
adopted by our board of directors in March 2002 and approved by
our stockholders in April 2002. Our 2002 Plan provides for the
grant of stock issuances and stock options to our employees,
non-employee directors, consultants and other independent
advisors. The administration and features of the 2002 Plan and
the terms of the options granted thereunder are substantially
similar to the corresponding features of the 2006 Plan.
76
We have reserved a total of 1,509,375 shares of our common
stock for issuance pursuant to the 2002 Plan. As of
March 31, 2008, options to purchase 180,417 shares of
our common stock were outstanding and 5,625 shares were
available for future grant under this plan. Our board of
directors has decided not to grant any additional options or
other awards under this plan following the completion of this
offering. However, this plan will continue to govern the terms
and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted
under this plan.
2001
Stock Option Plan
Our 2001 Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors
in March 2001 and approved by our stockholders in April 2001.
Our 2001 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of stock
options to our employees, consultants and directors as well as
prospective employees, consultants and directors in connection
with written offers of employment or other service relationship
with our Company.
We have reserved a total of 2,500,000 shares of our common
stock for issuance pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan. As of
March 31, 2008, no options to purchase shares of our common
stock remained outstanding and no shares were available for
future grant under this plan.
The 2001 Stock Option Plan calls for administration to be
carried out by our board of directors. Under our 2001 Stock
Option Plan, the board of directors have the full power and
authority to determine: (i) which eligible persons are to
receive option grants, the times when those grants are to be
made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant;
(ii) the status of the granted option as either an
incentive option or a nonstatutory option; (iii) the fair
market value of shares of stock or other property; (iv) the
terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each option and
any shares acquired upon their exercise, including without
limitation: (a) the exercise price, (b) the method of
payment for shares purchased upon exercise of the option,
(c) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding
obligation arising in connection with the option or such shares,
(d) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability
of the option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon their
exercise, (e) the time of expiration of the option,
(f) the effect of the optionees termination of
employment or service, and (g) all other terms, conditions
and restrictions applicable to the option. Our board of
directors also has the full authority to amend the
exercisability of any option or the vesting of any shares
acquired upon their exercise, including with respect to the
period following any optionees termination of employment
or service with our Company.
The 2001 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of either
incentive options or nonstatutory options. However, the board
may only issue incentive options to those individuals who are
deemed employees of our Company on the effective grant date of
the option.
The exercise price of nonstatutory options must not be less than
85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant. However, with respect to any participant who is a 10%
stockholder, the exercise price of such options must not be less
than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The term
of any options granted may not exceed 10 years. With
respect to incentive options, the exercise price per share of an
incentive option must not be less than the fair market value of
a share of stock on the effective grant date. Also, the
aggregate fair market value of the incentive options that become
exercisable for the first time during any one calendar year must
not exceed $100,000. Finally, the term of any incentive option
granted to an employee who is a 10% stockholder may not exceed
five years.
Our 2001 Stock Option Plan provides that in the event of a
change of control of our Company, defined as a direct or
indirect sale or exchange by our stockholders of more than 50%
of the voting stock of our Company, a merger or consolidation in
which our Company is a party, the sale exchange or transfer of
all or substantially all of the assets of our company, or a
liquidation or dissolution of our Company, the acquiring
corporation must either assume our rights and obligations under
outstanding options or substitute for outstanding options
substantially equivalent options for the acquiring
corporations stock.
Our 2001 Stock Option Plan also provides for indemnification of
our board of directors and any officers or employees delegated
to act on behalf of the board of directors against any action,
suit or proceeding initiated against them by reason of any
action taken by them or their failure to act under or in
connection with the 2001 Stock Option Plan.
In January 2007, our board of directors amended our 2001, 2002,
2004 and 2006 Stock Option Plans to allow for accelerated
vesting of all unvested options upon an optionees death
resulting while employed and engaged in the course and scope of
company business.
Defined
Contribution Plan
401(k) Plan. We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan
that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for
retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are
able to participate in the 401(k) plan as of the first day of
the month. Employees must be 21 years of age to
participate. Participants may contribute from 1% to 20% of their
annual
77
salary, subject to the annual maximum determined by the IRS. All
participants interests in their deferrals are 100% vested
when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching
contributions to eligible participants, where we match 50% of
the first 6% of each participants contributions. Pre-tax
contributions are allocated to each participants
individual account and are then invested in selected investment
alternatives according to the participants directions. The
401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a)
and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a tax-qualified
retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings
on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until
distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are
deductible by us when made. Participants are fully vested in our
contribution account after four years of service. Participants
may borrow money from the accumulated value of
his/her
vested accounts. However, the maximum loan amount must be either
the lesser of $50,000 or 50% of the vested account balance. Such
loans are to be repaid through payroll deductions over a five
year period. Upon termination of employment any outstanding loan
balance is due within 30 days. If such loan is not paid
within 30 days, the loan is reported as a withdrawal and
subject to an income tax.
Limitation
on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the
completion of this offering contain provisions that limit the
personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our
directors will not be personally liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary
duties as directors, except liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will
become effective upon the completion of this offering provides
that we indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted
by Delaware law. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws
that will become effective upon the completion of this offering
provide that we indemnify our directors and officers to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and
restated bylaws, that will become effective upon the completion
of this offering also provide that we will advance expenses
incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final
disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure
insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other
agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in
that capacity, regardless of whether we would otherwise be
permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of
Delaware law. After the effectiveness of this offering, we
expect to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors,
executive officers and other employees as determined by the
board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements
provide for indemnification for related expenses including,
among others, attorneys fees, judgments, fines and
settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any
action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and
indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain
directors and officers liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the
completion of this offering, may discourage stockholders from
bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their
fiduciary duty of care. They may also reduce the likelihood of
derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even
though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other
stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be
adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of
settlement and damage awards against directors and officers. At
present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving
any of our directors, officers or employees for which
indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any
threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification.
78
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We intend to adopt a policy to address the review, approval or
ratification of related person transactions. An investor may
obtain a written copy of this policy, once adopted, by sending a
written request to Energy Recovery, Inc., 1908 Doolittle Drive,
San Leandro, CA 94577, attention Chief Financial Officer.
Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there
currently proposed, any transaction or series of transactions to
which we were or are a party in which the amount involved
exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive
officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting
securities, or any member of the immediate family of or any
entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, had or
has a direct or indirect material interest, other than
arrangements which are described where required under the
heading titled Management above, and the
transactions described below.
Common
Stock Purchases and Sales
In June 2007, Caprice AS, a Norwegian corporation, purchased
64,752 shares of our common stock at a price of $5.00 per
share for an aggregate purchase price of $323,760. This purchase
was part of a private placement of our common stock to various
investors. Ole Peter Lorentzen, one of our directors, is a
controlling stockholder of Caprice AS. Caprice AS is a holder of
more than 5% of our outstanding common stock.
In June 2008, Caprice AS agreed to sell
4,480,638 shares of our common stock held by it at a price
per share equal to the initial public offering price to Ludvig
Lorentzen AS. The sale is scheduled to close immediately
prior to the completion of this offering. Ole Peter Lorentzen,
one of our directors, is a controlling stockholder of
Caprice AS and the sole stockholder of Ludvig
Lorentzen AS. With the purchase of Caprice ASs
shares, Ludvig Lorentzen AS will become the holder of 11.2%
of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to the
completion of this offering.
Stock
Option Grants
Certain stock option grants to our directors and executive
officers and related option grant policies are described above
in this prospectus under the caption Management.
Employment
Arrangements and Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into employment arrangements with certain of our
executive officers. See Employment Agreements and
Potential Payments on Termination or Change of
Control under Management above.
Our amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated
certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the
completion of this offering require us to indemnify our
directors and executive officers in the event that they are
named parties to certain actions, suits or proceedings. See
ManagementLimitations on Liability and
Indemnification Matters above.
Promissory
Notes
G.G.
Pique
In February 2005, in connection with the exercise of incentive
stock options issued pursuant to certain stock option agreements
entered into between us and G.G. Pique, our president and chief
executive officer, Mr. Pique purchased an aggregate of
750,000 shares of our common stock with three promissory
notes totaling $195,000, payable to us. All three promissory
notes bore interest at 3.76% per annum and were secured first by
a pledge of the underlying shares purchased by Mr. Pique
and then by Mr. Piques assets until payment in full
of the promissory notes, including accrued interest. As of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $8,000, $8,000 and
$7,000, respectively, of interest had accrued on the notes. The
entire principal and accrued interest of all three promissory
notes were repaid in full as of March 2008.
Hans
Peter Michelet
In February 2005, Hans Peter Michelet, our executive chairman,
purchased 100,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to
the exercise of a warrant and 250,000 shares of our common
stock pursuant to the exercise of a stock option with two
promissory notes totaling $70,000. The promissory notes bore
interest at 3.76% per annum and were secured first by a pledge
of the underlying shares purchased by Mr. Michelet and then
by Mr. Michelets assets until payment in full of the
promissory notes, including accrued interest. As of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $3,000 of interest had
accrued on the note for each such year. The entire principal and
accrued interest were repaid in full as of March 2008.
79
Terrill
Sandlin
In February 2005, in connection with the exercise of incentive
stock options issued pursuant to certain stock option agreements
entered into between us and Terrill Sandlin, our vice president
of manufacturing, Mr. Sandlin purchased an aggregate of
120,000 shares of our common stock with three promissory
notes payable to us totaling $36,000. All three promissory notes
bore interest at 3.76% per annum and were secured first by a
pledge of the underlying shares purchased by Mr. Sandlin
and then by Mr. Sandlins assets until payment in full
of the promissory notes, including accrued interest. As of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $2,000, $1,000 and
$1,000, respectively, of interest had accrued on the notes. The
entire principal and accrued interest of all three promissory
notes were repaid in full as of March 2008.
Richard
Stover
In February 2005, in connection with the exercise of incentive
stock options issued pursuant to certain stock option agreements
entered into between us and Richard Stover, our chief technical
officer, Dr. Stover purchased an aggregate of
175,000 shares of our common stock with three promissory
notes payable to us totaling $51,000. All three promissory notes
bore interest at 3.76% per annum and were secured first by a
pledge of the underlying shares purchased by Dr. Stover and
then by Dr. Stovers assets until payment in full of
the promissory notes, including accrued interest. As of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $2,000 of interest had
accrued on the notes for each such year. The entire principal
and accrued interest of all three promissory notes were repaid
in full in January 2008.
C.
Peter Darby
In February 2005, in connection with the exercise of a
non-statutory stock option issued pursuant to a certain stock
option agreement entered into between us and Peter Darby, one of
our directors, Mr. Darby purchased 250,000 shares of
our common stock for an aggregate price of $50,000 with a
promissory note payable to us in the amount of $50,000. The
promissory note bore interest at 3.76% per annum and was secured
first by a pledge of the underlying shares purchased by
Mr. Darby and then by Mr. Darbys assets until
payment in full of the promissory note, including accrued
interest. As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $2,000 of
interest had accrued on the note for each such year. The entire
principal and accrued interest were repaid in full in
March 2008.
James
Medanich
In February 2005, in connection with the exercise of
non-statutory stock options issued pursuant to certain stock
option agreements entered into between us and James Medanich,
one of our directors, Mr. Medanich purchased an aggregate
of 350,000 shares of our common stock with two promissory
notes payable to us in the amount of $70,000. The promissory
notes bore interest at 3.76% per annum and was secured first by
a pledge of the underlying shares purchased by Mr. Medanich
and then by Mr. Medanichs assets until payment in
full of the promissory notes, including accrued interest. As of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $3,000 of interest had
accrued on the notes for each such year. The entire principal
and accrued interest were repaid in full in March 2008.
Other
Relationships
We entered into an independent contractor agreement with Darby
Engineering, LLC in January 2008, pursuant to which Darby
Engineering will provide engineering and management consulting
services to us for a period of 12 months, after which the
agreement will be on a month-to-month basis. Pursuant to the
independent contractor agreement, Darby Engineering will be
compensated for services rendered as follows: $1,000 for each
day worked at Darby Engineerings offices and $1,200 for
each day worked at any other location, provided that Darby
Engineering will provide at least eight days of service per
month. Peter Darby, one of our directors, is a managing member
of Darby Engineering LLC.
80
PRINCIPAL
AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at
March 31, 2008, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common
stock offered by us in this offering, for:
|
|
|
|
|
each person who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our
common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors and director nominees;
|
|
|
|
each of our Named Executive Officers;
|
|
|
|
all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers
as a group; and
|
|
|
|
each selling stockholder.
|
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC
rules. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe,
based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and
entities named in the table below have sole voting and
investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that
they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property
laws.
Applicable percentage ownership is based on
39,838,908 shares of common stock outstanding at
March 31, 2008. For purposes of the table below, we have
assumed that 47,917,474 shares of common stock will be
outstanding upon completion of this offering. In computing the
number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person
and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be
outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options and
warrants held by that person or entity that are currently
exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31,
2008. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent
is denoted with an *.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner
listed in the table below is
c/o Energy
Recovery, Inc. 1908 Doolittle Drive, San Leandro,
California, 94577.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to
|
|
|
Being Sold
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
|
This Offering
|
|
|
in This
|
|
|
This Offering
|
|
Name of Beneficial
Owner
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
5% Stockholders (other than directors, director nominees and
Named Executive Officers):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arvarius AS(1)
|
|
|
12,026,533
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
%
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
10,026,533
|
|
|
|
20.1
|
%
|
Parkv.57
c/o B.
Skaugen AS 0256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oslo, Norway
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ludvig Lorentzen AS(2)
|
|
|
4,480,638
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
3,730,638
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
Haakon Vis Gate 1 0161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oslo, Norway
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors, Director Nominees and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans Peter Michelet
|
|
|
1,781,613
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
1,431,613
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
James Medanich(3)
|
|
|
3,606,534
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
306,534
|
|
|
|
3,300,000
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
Fred Olav Johannessen(4)
|
|
|
2,796,484
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
240,165
|
|
|
|
2,263,012
|
(14)
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
Ole Peter Lorentzen(2)(5)
|
|
|
4,480,638
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,730,638
|
(15)
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
Arve Hanstveit(6)
|
|
|
2,031,751
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
331,751
|
|
|
|
1,650,000
|
(16)
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Peter Darby(7)
|
|
|
856,375
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
756,375
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Marius Skaugen(1)(8)
|
|
|
12,641,103
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,641,103
|
(17)
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
Dominique Trempont
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Paul Cook
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
G.G. Pique(9)
|
|
|
1,080,000
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
130,000
|
|
|
|
950,000
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Richard Stover(10)
|
|
|
267,842
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
267,842
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Thomas D. Willardson(11)
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Terrill Sandlin(12)
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
MariaElena Ross(13)
|
|
|
115,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)
|
|
|
29,912,340
|
|
|
|
70.4
|
%
|
|
|
1,458,450
|
|
|
|
25,360,583
|
|
|
|
50.1
|
%
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned Prior to
|
|
|
Being Sold
|
|
|
Owned After
|
|
|
|
This Offering
|
|
|
in This
|
|
|
This Offering
|
|
Name of Beneficial
Owner
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Other Selling Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B. Skaugen AS(18)
|
|
|
1,219,221
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
819,221
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Claudia Hanstveit
|
|
|
1,062,844
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
962,844
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Peder Lovenskiold
|
|
|
507,944
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
457,944
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
Gunn Ovesen
|
|
|
433,013
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
333,013
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Kim Wahl
|
|
|
399,645
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
349,645
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Jan Peter Sissener
|
|
|
455,809
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
102,809
|
|
|
|
353,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Special Situations Equity Fund Ltd.(19)
|
|
|
259,010
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
159,010
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Kalamaris Invest AS(20)
|
|
|
375,792
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
75,792
|
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Nina Frid
|
|
|
319,931
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
69,931
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Logar AS(21)
|
|
|
307,210
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
77,210
|
|
|
|
230,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Maria Hareide
|
|
|
278,571
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
228,571
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Maria Matallana
|
|
|
176,835
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
126,835
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Herman Flinder
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Rolechoice Ltd.(22)
|
|
|
254,805
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
44,805
|
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Hattie Wang(23)
|
|
|
140,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Amarone AS(24)
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Unni Janbu(25)
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Tarjei Janbu(26)
|
|
|
186,750
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
36,750
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Pradeep Rao
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
270,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Natasha Hanstveit(27)
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Sophie Hanstveit(28)
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Investerings Data AS(29)
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Martina Engberg
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Tiril Janbu(30)
|
|
|
168,750
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
18,750
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Bjorn Heiseldal
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Rodney Clemente
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Walter Wesson
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Jack Kitchin
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Eddie Rekdal
|
|
|
23,721
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
13,721
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Ursus Major AS(31)
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
James Coyle(32)
|
|
|
68,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
63,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Randy Truby
|
|
|
47,500
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
42,500
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Morgan Engberg
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Tiina Kevajarvi
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Jon Refsdahl
|
|
|
3,937
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
3,937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Henriette Hansen
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Miller Truby
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Svein A. Lindelid
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
All selling stockholders as a group
|
|
|
36,701,716
|
|
|
|
87.0
|
%
|
|
|
5,921,434
|
|
|
|
30,436,975
|
|
|
|
60.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Less than one percent.
|
(1)
|
|
Includes warrants to purchase
1,904,122 shares of common stock that are exercisable
within 60 days of March 31, 2008. Mr. Skaugen,
one of our directors, has shared voting and investment power
over the shares held by Arvarius AS.
|
(2)
|
|
Mr. Lorentzen, one of our
directors, is the sole stockholder of Ludvig Lorentzen AS.
|
(3)
|
|
Consists of 3,047,485 shares
held of record by Mr. Medanich, 275,551 shares held of
record by Mr. Medanich and his wife and 283,498 shares
held of record by his wife.
|
(4)
|
|
Consists of 1,390,165 shares
held of record by Mr. Johannessen, 80,000 shares held
of record by Mr. Johannessens wife,
355,500 shares held of record by
Mr. Johannessens children, 307,210 shares held
of record by Logar AS, 375,792 shares held of record by
Kalamaris Invest AS, 33,012 shares held of record by Osip
ApS, and 254,805 shares held of record by Rolechoice Ltd.
Mr. Johannessen has shared voting and investment power over
the shares that are owned by his children. Mr. Johannessen
is the sole shareholder of Osip ApS and Rolechoice Ltd.
Mr. Johannessen is also a controlling stockholder of Logar
AS.
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of 4,480,638 shares
of common stock held by Ludvig Lorentzen AS. Mr. Lorentzen,
one of our directors, is the sole stockholder of Ludvig
Lorentzen AS.
|
82
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Consists of 1,831,751 shares
held of record by Mr. Hanstveit and 200,000 shares
held of record by Mr. Hanstveits daughters.
Mr. Hanstveit has shared voting and investment power over
the shares that are owned by his daughters.
|
(7)
|
|
Consists of 250,000 shares
held of record by Mr. Darby, 586,375 shares held of
record by Mr. Darby and his wife as trustees of the Darby
Revocable Trust dated February, 9, 1998, and a warrant held by
Mr. Darby and his wife to purchase 20,000 shares of
common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of
March 31, 2008.
|
(8)
|
|
Consists of 307,285 shares
held of record by Lafite AS, 307,285 shares held of record
by Mouton AS and 12,026,533 shares held of record by
Arvarius AS or issuable to Arvarius AS pursuant to outstanding
warrants. See footnote (1) above. Mr. Skaugen has
shared voting and investment power over the shares owned by
Lafite AS, Mouton AS and Arvarius AS.
|
(9)
|
|
Consists of 280,000 shares
held of record by Mr. Pique, 400,000 shares held of record
by Mr. Pique as trustee of The Pique Bachman Income
Security Trust, a warrant held by Mr. Pique to purchase
150,000 shares of common stock that is exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2008, and options to purchase
250,000 shares of common stock that are exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 2008, of which 161,460 shares are
subject to a right of repurchase at cost within 60 days of
March 31, 2008 in the event of termination of Mr.
Piques employment with us. The right of repurchase lapses
at a rate of 5,208 shares of common stock per month.
|
(10)
|
|
Includes options to purchase
92,842 shares of common stock that may be exercised within
60 days of March 31, 2008, of which 45,943 shares
are subject to a right of repurchase at cost within 60 days
of March 31, 2008 in the event of the termination of
Dr. Stovers employment with us. The right of
repurchase lapses at a rate of 1,876 shares per month until
June 2008 and at a rate of 1,934 shares of common stock per
month thereafter.
|
(11)
|
|
Includes options to purchase
100,000 shares of common stock that may be exercised within
60 days of March 31, 2008, all of which are subject to
a right of repurchase at cost within 60 days of
March 31, 2008 in the event of the termination of
Mr. Willardsons employment with us. The right of
repurchase lapses at a rate of 25,000 shares as of November
2008 and at a rate of 2,083 shares of common stock per
month thereafter.
|
(12)
|
|
Includes options to purchase
35,000 shares of common stock that may be exercised within
60 days of March 31, 2008, of which 21,355 shares
are subject to a right of repurchase at cost within 60 days
of March 31, 2008 in the event of the termination of
Mr. Sandlins employment with us. The right of
repurchase lapses at a rate of 729 shares of common stock
per month.
|
(13)
|
|
Includes options to purchase
115,000 shares of common stock that may be exercised within
60 days of March 31, 2008, of which 46,355 shares
are subject to a right of repurchase at cost within 60 days
of March 31, 2008 in the event of the termination of
Ms. Rosss employment with us. The right of repurchase
lapses at a rate of 2,396 shares of common stock per month.
|
(14)
|
|
The number of shares beneficially
owned by Mr. Johannessen after this offering is reduced by
240,165 shares being sold by Mr. Johannessen,
95,500 shares being sold by Mr. Johannessens
wife and children, 44,805 shares being sold by Rolechoice
Ltd., 77,210 shares being sold by Logar AS and
75,792 shares being sold by Kalamaris Invest AS.
Mr. Johannessen has shared voting and investment power over
the shares that are owned by his children. Mr. Johannessen
is the sole stockholder of Rolechoice Ltd., a controlling
stockholder of Logar AS and a controlling stockholder of
Kalamaris Invest AS.
|
(15)
|
|
The number of shares beneficially
owned by Mr. Lorentzen after this offering is reduced by
750,000 shares being sold by Ludvig Lorentzen AS.
Mr. Lorentzen is the sole stockholder of Ludvig Lorentzen
AS.
|
(16)
|
|
The number of shares beneficially
owned by Mr. Hanstveit after this offering is reduced by
331,751 shares being sold by Mr. Hanstveit and
50,000 shares being sold by Mr. Hanstveits
daughters. Mr. Hanstveit has shared voting and investment
power over the shares that are owned by his daughters.
|
(17)
|
|
The number of shares beneficially
owned by Mr. Skaugen after this offering is reduced by
2,000,000 shares being sold by Arvarius AS.
Mr. Skaugen is a controlling stockholder of Arvarius AS.
|
(18)
|
|
Tor W. Johansen has voting and
investment power for B. Skaugen AS.
|
(19)
|
|
Joakin Lehmkuhl has voting and
investment power for Special Situations Equity Fund Ltd.
|
(20)
|
|
Mr. Johannessen, one of our
directors, is a controlling stockholder of Kalamaris Invest AS.
|
(21)
|
|
Mr. Johannessen, one of our
directors, is a controlling stockholder of Logar AS.
|
(22)
|
|
Mr. Johannessen, one of our
directors, is the sole stockholder of Rolechoice Ltd.
|
(23)
|
|
Includes options to purchase 30,000
shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days
of March 31, 2008, of which 19,375 shares are subject
to a right of repurchase at cost within 60 days of
March 31, 2008 in the event of the termination of
Ms. Wangs employment with us. The right of repurchase
lapses at a rate of 625 shares of common stock per month.
|
(24)
|
|
Tor W. Johansen has voting and
investment power for Amarone AS.
|
(25)
|
|
Unni Janbu is the wife of Fred Olav
Johannessen, one of our directors.
|
(26)
|
|
Tarjei Janbu is the child of Fred
Olav Johannessen, one of our directors. Mr. Johannessen has
shared voting and investment power over the shares that are
owned by Tarjei Janbu.
|
(27)
|
|
Natasha Hanstveit is the daughter
of Arve Hanstveit, one of our directors. Mr. Hanstveit has
shared voting and investment power over the shares that are
owned by Natasha Hanstveit.
|
(28)
|
|
Sophie Hanstveit is the daughter of
Arve Hanstveit, one of our directors. Mr. Hanstveit has
shared voting and investment power over the shares that are
owned by Sophie Hanstveit.
|
(29)
|
|
Einar Maartmann has voting and
investment power for Investerings Data AS.
|
(30)
|
|
Tiril Janbu is the child of Fred
Olav Johannessen, one of our directors. Mr. Johannessen has
shared voting and investment power over the shares that are
owned by Tiril Janbu.
|
(31)
|
|
Bjorn Heiseolal has voting and
investment power for Ursus Major AS.
|
(32)
|
|
Includes options to purchase 6,000
shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days
of March 31, 2008, of which 2,980 shares are subject to a
right of repurchase at cost within 60 days of
March 31, 2008 in the event of the termination of
Mr. Coyles employment with us. The right of
repurchase lapses at a rate of 104 shares of common stock per
month until February 2009 and thereafter at a rate of 125 shares
of common stock per month.
|
83
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and
certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be
in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more
detailed information, please see our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws,
which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of
which this prospectus is a part.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our
authorized capital stock will consist of shares, with a par
value of $0.001 per share, of which:
|
|
|
|
|
200,000,000 shares will be designated as common stock; and
|
|
|
|
10,000,000 shares will be designated as preferred stock.
|
At March 31, 2008, we had outstanding
39,838,908 shares of common stock, held of record by 135
stockholders. In addition, as of March 31, 2008,
1,333,308 shares of our common stock were subject to
outstanding options, and 2,074,122 shares of our capital
stock were subject to outstanding warrants that do not expire
upon the completion of this offering. For more information on
our capitalization, see Capitalization above.
Common
Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per
share on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. Holders
of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be
declared by the board of directors out of funds legally
available therefor. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution
or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share
ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and
distribution of the liquidation preferences of any then
outstanding shares of preferred stock. There are no redemption
or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.
Preferred
Stock
After the consummation of this offering and the filing of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of
directors will have the authority, without further action by our
stockholders, to designate and issue up to the total number of
authorized shares of preferred stock in one or more series and
to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
granted to or imposed upon each such series of preferred stock,
including dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights,
voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption
prices, liquidation preference and sinking fund terms, any or
all of which may be greater than or senior to the rights of the
common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely
affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce
the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments
or payments upon liquidation. Such issuance could have the
effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. The
issuance of preferred stock or even the ability to issue
preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying,
deterring or preventing a change of control or other corporate
action. Immediately after the completion of this offering, no
shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we currently
have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Warrants
At March 31, 2008, we had warrants outstanding to purchase
2,074,122 shares of our common stock at exercise prices
ranging from $0.20 to $1.00 per share. These warrants will
expire at various times between May 21, 2011 and
November 1, 2015. Each warrant contains provisions for the
adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares
issuable upon exercise in the event of stock dividends, stock
splits, reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations and
the like.
Anti-Takeover
Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws That Will
Become Effective Upon Completion of This Offering
Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws
to become effective upon completion of this offering contain
provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or
discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These
provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to
discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and
inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in
part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to
first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the
benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to
negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited
84
acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such
proposals, including proposals that are priced above the
then-current market value of our common stock, because, among
other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could result in
an improvement of their terms.
Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and
Restated Bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and
amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion
of this offering include provisions that:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize the board of directors to issue, without further
action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be
effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by
written consent;
|
|
|
|
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called
only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of
directors, the chief executive officer or the president;
|
|
|
|
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals
to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders,
including proposed nominations of persons for election to the
board of directors;
|
|
|
|
provide that directors may be removed only for cause;
|
|
|
|
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled
only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less
than a quorum;
|
|
|
|
establish that our board of directors is divided into three
classes, Class I, Class II and Class III with
each class serving staggered terms;
|
|
|
|
specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at
any election of directors; and
|
|
|
|
require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the
above-mentioned provisions.
|
Delaware
Anti-Takeover Statute
We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers.
In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware
corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a
business combination with an interested stockholder for a period
of three years following the date the person became an
interested stockholder unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
|
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the
interested stockholder), (1) shares owned by persons who
are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by
employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have
the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
offer; or
|
|
|
|
at or subsequent to the date of the transaction that resulted in
a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the business
combination is approved by the board of directors of the
corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative
vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which
is not owned by the interested stockholder.
|
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or
stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial
benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder
is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns
or, within three years prior to the determination of interested
stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporations
outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this
provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to
transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance.
We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage
business combinations or other attempts that might result in a
premium over the market price for the shares of common stock
held by our stockholders.
85
The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws
to become effective upon completion of this offering could have
the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile
takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary
fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often
result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These
provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our
management. It is possible that these provisions could make it
more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may
otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer
agents address is 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York,
New York 10038, and its telephone number is
(800) 937-5449.
Listing
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ
Global Market.
86
SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for
shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts
of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the
exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this
offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could
cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall
or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon the completion of this offering, a total of
47,917,474 shares of common stock will be outstanding,
assuming that there are no exercises of options or warrants to
purchase common stock that were outstanding as of March 31,
2008. Of these shares, all 8,078,566 shares of common stock
sold in this offering by us, all 5,921,434 shares of common
stock sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, plus
any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters option
to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable in the
public market without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by
affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act.
The remaining 33,917,474 shares of common stock will be
restricted securities, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted
securities are eligible for public sale only if they are
registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under
the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
After giving effect to the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144
and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities
will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Date
|
|
Shares
|
|
On the date of this prospectus
|
|
|
839,279
|
|
90 days after the date of this prospectus
|
|
|
|
|
At various times beginning more than 180 days after the
date of this prospectus
|
|
|
33,078,195
|
|
In addition, of the 1,333,308 shares of our common stock
that were subject to stock options outstanding as of
March 31, 2008, options to purchase 477,195 shares of
common stock were vested as of March 31, 2008 and will be
eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of
this offering. Options to purchase 468,133 shares of common
stock were vested as of March 31, 2008 and are subject to
the lock-up agreements described below.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 an affiliate who has
beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are deemed
restricted securities for at least six months would be entitled
to sell, within any three-month period a number of shares that
does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal approximately shares immediately after this
offering; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding
the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that
sale.
|
These sales may commence beginning 90 days after the date
of this prospectus, subject to continued availability of current
public information about us. Such sales under Rule 144 are
also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice
requirements.
A person who is not one of our affiliates and who is not deemed
to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three
months preceding a sale may sell the shares proposed to be sold
according to the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
If the person has beneficially owned the shares for at least six
months, including the holding period of any prior owner other
than an affiliate, the shares may be sold, subject to continued
availability of current public information about us.
|
|
|
|
If the person has beneficially owned the shares for at least one
year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than
an affiliate, the shares may be sold without any Rule 144
limitations.
|
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of
our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from
us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or
other written agreement in a transaction before the effective
date of this offering that was completed in reliance on
Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of
Rule 701
87
will, subject to the
lock-up
restrictions described below, be eligible to resell such shares
90 days after the effective date of this offering in
reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We, all of our directors and officers and holders of
approximately 94% of our common stock outstanding
immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, without the
prior written consent of Citigroup Global Market Inc. and Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we
and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after
the date of this prospectus offer, sell, contract to sell,
pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or
otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any
options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock,
or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that
represent the right to receive shares of our common stock,
whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by us
or them (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to
which we or they have beneficial ownership within the rules and
regulations of the SEC, whether any transaction described above
is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or
such other securities, in cash or otherwise. These agreements
are subject to certain exceptions, and are also subject to
extension for up to an additional 18 days, as set forth in
Underwriting below.
Registration
Statement on
Form S-8
We intend to file a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of common
stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance
under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration
statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However,
none of the shares registered on
Form S-8
will be eligible for resale until the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements to which they are subject.
88
MATERIAL
UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of material United States
federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to the
acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common
stock applicable to
non-U.S.
holders. In general, a
non-U.S. holder
is any holder other than:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof;
|
|
|
|
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for
United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its
source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to
exercise primary supervision over the administration of the
trust and one or more United States persons have the authority
to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it
has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury
regulations to be treated as a United States person.
|
Generally, an individual may be treated as a resident of the
United States in any calendar year for United States federal
income tax purposes by, among other ways, being present in the
United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year
and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a
three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For
purposes of this calculation, such individual would count all of
the days in which he or she was present in the current year,
one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year,
and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year.
Residents are taxed for United States federal income tax
purposes as if they were citizens of the United States.
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code, final, temporary or proposed Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions
of the Internal Revenue Service and all other applicable
authorities, all of which are subject to change (possibly with
retroactive effect). We assume in this discussion that a
non-U.S. holder
holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally
property held for investment).
This discussion does not address all aspects of United States
federal income and estate taxation that may be important to a
particular
non-U.S. holder
in light of that
non-U.S. holders
individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of
United States state, local or
non-U.S. taxes.
This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or
circumstances that may apply to a
non-U.S. holder
subject to special treatment under the United States federal
income tax laws, including without limitation:
|
|
|
|
|
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
|
|
|
|
partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for
United States federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
|
tax-qualified retirement plans;
|
|
|
|
dealers in securities or currencies;
|
|
|
|
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method
of accounting for their securities holdings;
|
|
|
|
certain United States expatriates; and
|
|
|
|
persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging
transaction, straddle or conversion
transaction for tax purposes.
|
Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their
own tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state,
local and
non-U.S. income
and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing
of shares of our common stock.
If a partnership holds shares of our common stock, the tax
treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of
the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner
in a partnership holding shares of our common stock should
consult its own tax advisors.
89
Dividends
In general, dividends we pay, if any, to a
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of
30% of the gross amount. The withholding tax might not apply or
might apply at a reduced rate under the terms of an applicable
income tax treaty between the United States and the
non-U.S. holders
country of residence. A
non-U.S. holder
must demonstrate its entitlement to treaty benefits by
certifying, among other things, its nonresident status. A
non-U.S. holder
generally can meet this certification requirement by providing
an Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. Also,
special rules apply if the dividends are effectively connected
with a trade or business carried on by the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States and, if a treaty applies, are
attributable to a permanent establishment of the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States. Dividends effectively connected with
this United States trade or business, and, if a treaty applies,
attributable to such a permanent establishment of a
non-U.S. holder,
generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax
if the
non-U.S. holder
files certain forms, including Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8ECI
(or any successor form), with the payor of the dividend, and
generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on
a net income basis, in the same manner as if the
non-U.S. holder
were a resident of the United States. A
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation may be subject to an additional
branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced
rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on
the repatriation from the United States of its effectively
connected earnings and profits, subject to certain
adjustments. A
non-U.S. holder
of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of
United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty
may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an
appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
Gain on
Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock
In general, a
non-U.S. holder
will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any
gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the
holders shares of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business
carried on by the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States and, if required by an applicable
income tax treaty as a condition to subjecting a
non-U.S. holder
to United States income tax on a net basis, the gain is
attributable to a permanent establishment of the
non-U.S. holder
maintained in the United States, in which case a
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain
realized upon the sale or other disposition on a net income
basis, in the same manner as if the
non-U.S. holder
were a resident of the United States. Furthermore, the branch
profits tax discussed above may also apply if the
non-U.S. holder
is a corporation;
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual and is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and
certain other tests are met, in which case a
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to a flat 30% tax on any gain realized upon the
sale or other disposition, which tax may be offset by United
States source capital losses (even though the individual is not
considered a resident of the United States); or
|
|
|
|
we are or have been a United States real property holding
corporation (a USRPHC) for United States federal income tax
purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period
preceding the disposition and the
non-U.S. holders
holding period. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC, and we
do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. If we are or were to become
a USRPHC at any time during this period, generally gains
realized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
that did not directly or indirectly own more than 5% of our
common stock during this period would not be subject to United
States federal income tax, provided that our common stock is
regularly traded on an established securities market
(within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue
Code). Our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on
an established securities market during any period in which it
is listed on a registered national securities exchange or any
over-the-counter market.
|
United
States Federal Estate Tax
Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by
an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as defined for
United States federal estate tax purposes) of the United States
at the time of death will be includible in the individuals
gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes,
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and
therefore may be subject to United States federal estate tax.
Backup
Withholding, Information Reporting and Other Reporting
Requirements
Generally, we must report annually to the Internal Revenue
Service and to each
non-U.S. holder
the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with
respect to, each
non-U.S. holder.
These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether
withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax
treaty. Copies of this information also may be made
90
available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement
with the tax authorities in the country in which the
non-U.S. holder
resides or is established.
United States backup withholding tax is imposed (at a current
rate of 28%) on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish
the information required under the United States information
reporting requirements. A
non-U.S. holder
of shares of our common stock will be subject to this backup
withholding tax on dividends we pay unless the holder certifies,
under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a
non-U.S. holder
(and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or
reason to know the holder is a United States person) or
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the
disposition of shares of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
made to or through a United States office of a broker generally
will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding
unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of
perjury, among other things, its status as a
non-U.S. holder
(and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know
the holder is a United States person) or otherwise establishes
an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of
shares of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
made to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding
and information reporting, except as noted below. In the case of
proceeds from a disposition of shares of our common stock by a
non-U.S. holder
made to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is:
|
|
|
|
|
a United States person;
|
|
|
|
a controlled foreign corporation for United States
federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain
periods is effectively connected with a United States trade or
business; or
|
|
|
|
a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year
(a) one or more of its partners are United States persons
who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or
capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign
partnership is engaged in a United States trade or business;
|
information reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply
unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the
owner is a
non-U.S. holder
and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial
owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no
actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
can be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
United States federal income tax liability, if any, provided
that the required information is furnished to the Internal
Revenue Service in a timely manner.
THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME
TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT
TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE HOLDER OF SHARES OF
OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT HIS, HER OR ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR
WITH RESPECT TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF
OUR COMMON STOCK.
91
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
underwriting agreement dated July 1, 2008, we and the
selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters
named below, for whom Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as joint bookrunning
managers and representatives, the following respective numbers
of shares of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
5,526,316
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
5,526,316
|
|
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
|
|
|
1,105,263
|
|
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
|
|
|
1,105,263
|
|
SEB Enskilda AS
|
|
|
736,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
14,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are
obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the
offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered
by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting
agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the
purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be
increased or the offering may be terminated.
All sales of the common stock in the United States will be made
by U.S. registered broker/dealers.
We have granted to the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to 2,100,000 additional shares from us at
the initial public offering price less the underwriting
discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to
cover any over-allotments of common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock
initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a
selling concession of $0.357 per share. After the initial public
offering the representatives may change the public offering
price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated
expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Over-allotment
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
commissions paid by us
|
|
$
|
0.595
|
|
|
$
|
0.595
|
|
|
$
|
4,806,747
|
|
|
$
|
6,056,247
|
|
Expenses payable by us
|
|
$
|
0.416
|
|
|
$
|
0.330
|
|
|
$
|
3,362,400
|
|
|
$
|
3,362,400
|
|
Underwriting discounts and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
commissions paid by selling
stockholders
|
|
$
|
0.595
|
|
|
$
|
0.595
|
|
|
$
|
3,523,253
|
|
|
$
|
3,523,253
|
|
The representatives have informed us that they do not expect
sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary
authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being
offered.
We, our officers and directors, and holders of
approximately 94% of our common stock outstanding
immediately prior to this offering, including the selling
stockholders, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days
from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without
the prior written consent of each of Citigroup Global Markets
Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, dispose of or hedge
any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible
into or exchangeable for our common stock. Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC in their
sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to
these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. The
180-day
lock-up
period will be automatically extended if: (1) during the
last 17 days of the
180-day
period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or
a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period following the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions will continue to apply
until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release
92
or the announcement of the material news or event, unless
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA)
LLC waive, in writing, such an extension.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or
contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to
make in that respect.
Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ
Global Market.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price has been
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of
the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering
price, we and the representatives of the underwriters considered
a number of factors including:
|
|
|
|
|
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise
available to the representatives;
|
|
|
|
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in
which we compete;
|
|
|
|
an assessment of our management;
|
|
|
|
our prospects for future earnings;
|
|
|
|
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of
this offering;
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded
common stock of generally comparable companies; and
|
|
|
|
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
|
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an
active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that
the shares will trade in the public market at or above the
initial public offering price.
In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in
accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option.
In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is
greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.
The underwriters may close out any covered short position by
either exercising their over-allotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked
short position, the position can only be closed out by buying
shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely
to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could
be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open
market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
|
|
|
In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who
are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to
limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock
until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result
the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if
commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
93
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering
and one or more of the underwriters participating in this
offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to
underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online
brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be
allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that
will make internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
In the ordinary course, the underwriters and their affiliates
have provided, and may in the future provide, investment
banking, commercial banking, investment management, or other
financial services to us and our affiliates for which they have
received compensation and may receive compensation in the future.
Poten Capital Services LLC, a FINRA member firm, is an
underwriter in connection with this offering, but will not
receive any allocation of shares of common stock. It is entitled
to a fee equal to the greater of $600,000 or 5% of the aggregate
underwriting discounts and commissions for services it performs
in connection with this offering, such amount not to exceed
0.50% of gross offering proceeds. The underwriters will pay
Poten 5% of the aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions
towards this fee. We will pay Poten $178,500 towards this fee
(assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option). Poten will also receive reimbursement by
us for its out of pocket expenses in an amount not to exceed
$30,000. In connection with our initial public offering, Poten
has assisted us in responding to due diligence matters, our
drafting of the prospectus and introducing us to other financial
advisors.
Arve Hansveit, one of our directors and a selling stockholder,
is an affiliate of ABG Sundal Colliers, Inc., a FINRA member
firm. Mr. Hansveit purchased the shares being registered
for resale in the ordinary course of business and, at the time
of purchase, had no agreements or understandings, directly or
indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.
We will not offer to sell any common stock to any member of the
public in the Cayman Islands.
The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by
means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary
business is to buy or sell stock or debentures, whether as
principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute
an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong. No advertisement,
invitation or document relating to the common stock, whether in
Hong Kong or elsewhere, may be issued, which is directed at, or
the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the
public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the
securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common
stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to
persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional
investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures
Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made
thereunder.
The common stock has not been and will not be registered under
the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 235 of
1948 as amended), or the Securities Exchange Law, and disclosure
under the Securities Exchange Law has not been and will not be
made with respect to the common stock. Accordingly, the common
stock may not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in
Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan or to
others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly in
Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of,
and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Exchange Law
and other relevant laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines
of Japan. As used in this paragraph, resident of
Japan means any person residing in Japan, including any
corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a
prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the
Securities and Futures Act (Cap. 289) of Singapore, or the
Securities and Futures Act. Accordingly, the common stock may
not be offered or sold or made the subject of an invitation for
subscription or purchase nor may this prospectus or any other
document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or
invitation for subscription or purchase of such common stock be
circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to
the public or any members of the public in Singapore other than:
(1) to an institutional investor or other person falling
within Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act,
(2) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the
conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and
Futures Act or (3) pursuant to, and in accordance with the
conditions of any other applicable provision of the Securities
and Futures Act.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant
Member State), and effective as of the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State (the Relevant Implementation Date), no common stock have
been offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior
to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common
stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another
Relevant Member State and brought to the attention of the
competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in
accordance with the Prospectus
94
Directive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an offer of common
stock may be made effective as of the Relevant Implementation
Date to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
|
(2)
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (a) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(b) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(c) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
|
|
|
(3)
|
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication
by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
Prospectus Directive. For the purposes of this paragraph, the
expression an offer of common stock to the public in
relation to any common stock in any Relevant Member State means
the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the common stock to be
offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or
subscribe the common stock, as the same may be varied in that
Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus
Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant
implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
|
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only
directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified
investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are
also (i) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or
(ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling within
Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons
together being referred to as relevant persons).
This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not
be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or
disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United
Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant
persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its
contents.
The common stock has not been registered under the Korean
Securities and Exchange Law. Each of the underwriters has
represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or
delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver, directly or
indirectly, any common stock in Korea or to, or for the account
or benefit of, any resident of Korea, except as otherwise
permitted by applicable Korean laws and regulations; and any
securities dealer to whom it sells common stock will agree that
it will not offer any common stock, directly or indirectly, in
Korea or to any resident of Korea, except as permitted by
applicable Korean laws and regulations, or to any other dealer
who does not so represent and agree.
This prospectus has not been reviewed by or registered with the
Oslo Stock Exchange or the Norwegian Register of Business
Enterprises. The shares are being offered in Norway solely in
reliance upon the exemption provided by
Section 5-2,
second paragraph of the Norwegian Securities Trading Act of
June 19, 1997 no. 79.
This prospectus has not been registered or filed with any
regulatory authority in Bermuda. The offering of the shares
pursuant to this prospectus to persons resident in Bermuda is
not prohibited, provided we are not thereby carrying on
business in Bermuda.
95
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will
be passed upon for us by Baker & McKenzie LLP,
San Francisco, California. Certain legal matters in
connection with this offering will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park,
California.
EXPERTS
The financial statements and schedule included in this
prospectus have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the
periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein,
and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our
common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes
a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of
the information set forth in the registration statement or the
exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information
about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to
the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed
thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the
contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as
an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily
complete and each such statement is qualified in all respects by
reference to the full text of such contract or other document
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the
registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto,
may be inspected without charge at the public reference
facilities maintained by the SEC in Room 1580, 100
F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549. Upon completion
of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We intend to provide our
stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements
that have been audited by an independent registered public
accounting firm and to file with the SEC quarterly reports
containing unaudited financial data for the first three quarters
of each year. You may read and copy this information at the
Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain
information on the operation of the public reference rooms by
calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains
reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers,
like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of
that site is www.sec.gov.
96
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Energy Recovery, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Energy Recovery, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and
the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity and comprehensive income, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2007. In connection with our audits of the
financial statements, we have also audited the financial
statement schedule listed in Item 16(b). These financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements and schedule, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements
and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Energy Recovery, Inc. at December 31, 2007 and
2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America.
Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123 (Revised), Share-Based Payment.
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
San Jose, California
March 28, 2008
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,901
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
$107, $121 and $230 at March 31, 2008 and December 31,
2007 and 2006, respectively
|
|
|
11,004
|
|
|
|
12,849
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
Unbilled receivables, current
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
1,733
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
Notes receivable from stockholders
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
6,395
|
|
|
|
4,791
|
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,673
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
27,729
|
|
|
|
21,420
|
|
|
|
11,134
|
|
Unbilled receivables, non-current
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
|
2,457
|
|
|
|
712
|
|
Restricted cash, non-current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,621
|
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
1,056
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Deferred tax assets, non-current, net
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Other assets, non-current
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
32,314
|
|
|
$
|
27,304
|
|
|
$
|
13,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
$
|
1,697
|
|
|
$
|
1,114
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
3,815
|
|
|
|
1,868
|
|
|
|
1,716
|
|
Liability for early exercise of stock options
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
Accrued warranty reserve
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
1,313
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
9,988
|
|
|
|
6,623
|
|
|
|
5,178
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
Capital lease obligations, non-current
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
10,556
|
|
|
|
7,243
|
|
|
|
5,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares
authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 45,000,000 shares
authorized; 39,838,908, 39,777,446 and 38,222,493 shares
issued and outstanding at March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
21,025
|
|
|
|
20,762
|
|
|
|
14,519
|
|
Notes receivable from stockholders
|
|
|
(342
|
)
|
|
|
(835
|
)
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
(5,694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
21,758
|
|
|
|
20,061
|
|
|
|
8,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Stockholders Equity
|
|
$
|
32,314
|
|
|
$
|
27,304
|
|
|
$
|
13,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
9,120
|
|
|
$
|
7,139
|
|
|
$
|
35,414
|
|
|
$
|
20,058
|
|
|
$
|
10,689
|
|
Cost of revenue(1)
|
|
|
3,674
|
|
|
|
2,854
|
|
|
|
14,852
|
|
|
|
8,131
|
|
|
|
4,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,446
|
|
|
|
4,285
|
|
|
|
20,562
|
|
|
|
11,927
|
|
|
|
6,004
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing(1)
|
|
|
1,343
|
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
5,230
|
|
|
|
3,648
|
|
|
|
1,779
|
|
General and administrative(1)
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
|
|
4,299
|
|
|
|
3,372
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
1,267
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
4,513
|
|
|
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
11,234
|
|
|
|
8,287
|
|
|
|
4,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
9,328
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
1,559
|
|
|
|
1,929
|
|
|
|
9,740
|
|
|
|
3,621
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
1,239
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
5,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
$
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
Number of shares used in per share calculations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
39,804
|
|
|
|
38,271
|
|
|
|
39,060
|
|
|
|
38,018
|
|
|
|
36,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
42,196
|
|
|
|
40,508
|
|
|
|
41,433
|
|
|
|
40,244
|
|
|
|
38,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes stock-based compensation expense. |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
Receivable
|
|
Other
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
from
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Capital
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
Income
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
32,425
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
9,932
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(8,970
|
)
|
|
$
|
994
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
5,344
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2,246
|
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
Interest on notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
Repayment of notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
Issuance of warrants to purchase
common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
37,769
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
13,313
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,076
|
)
|
|
|
4,702
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
(137
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Interest on notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Repayment of notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
Non-employee stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
38,222
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
14,519
|
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,694
|
)
|
|
|
8,127
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,793
|
|
|
|
5,793
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
1,555
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
5,207
|
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,118
|
|
Interest on notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Repayment of notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
Non-employee stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
39,777
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
20,762
|
|
|
|
(835
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
20,061
|
|
Net income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
|
947
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Interest on notes receivable from
stockholders (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Repayment of notes receivable from
stockholders (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
518
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
Non-employee stock-based
compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at March 31, 2008 (unaudited)
|
|
|
39,839
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
21,025
|
|
|
$
|
(342
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,046
|
|
|
$
|
21,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
5,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
|
$
|
894
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
Impairment of intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest accrued on notes receivables from stockholders
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
1,064
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants in exchange for debt guarantee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on foreign currency transactions
|
|
|
(619
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
Provision for warranty claims
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
Provision for excess or obsolete inventory
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
2,478
|
|
|
|
(1,210
|
)
|
|
|
(7,029
|
)
|
|
|
(1,513
|
)
|
|
|
(3,132
|
)
|
|
|
Unbilled receivables
|
|
|
(2,947
|
)
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
(2,189
|
)
|
|
|
(1,719
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(1,624
|
)
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
(1,950
|
)
|
|
|
(960
|
)
|
|
|
(901
|
)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
|
|
(859
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
Prepaid and other assets
|
|
|
(2,313
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
1,938
|
|
|
|
(255
|
)
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
(1,136
|
)
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
Customer deposits
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
(534
|
)
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
(2,829
|
)
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
(918
|
)
|
|
|
(328
|
)
|
|
|
(566
|
)
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
1,587
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(436
|
)
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
(2,045
|
)
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
|
|
(1,037
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(492
|
)
|
|
|
Repayment of revolving note, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(438
|
)
|
|
|
(563
|
)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
Repayment of capital lease obligation
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5,118
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
Repayment of notes receivables from stockholders
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
Repayment of notes payable to a stockholder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
|
|
Other short term financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
5,077
|
|
|
|
(530
|
)
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate differences on cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,661
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
1,901
|
|
|
$
|
221
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
2,275
|
|
|
$
|
570
|
|
|
$
|
4,555
|
|
|
$
|
764
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in exchange for notes receivable from
stockholders
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock in exchange for reduction in note
payable from stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment purchased under capital leases
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business
|
Energy Recovery, Inc. (the Company or
ERI) was established in 1992, and is a leading
global developer and manufacturer of highly efficient energy
recovery devices utilized in the water desalination industry.
The Company operates primarily in the sea water reverse osmosis
(SWRO) segment of the industry, which uses pressure
to drive sea water through filtering membranes to produce fresh
water. The Companys primary energy recovery device is the
PX Pressure
Exchanger®
(PX®),
which helps optimize the energy intensive SWRO process by
reducing energy consumption by up to 60% as compared to the same
process without any energy recovery devices. Products are
manufactured in the United States of America (U.S.)
at ERIs headquarters located in San Leandro,
California, and shipped from this location to specified customer
locations worldwide. The Company has direct sales offices and
technical support centers in Madrid, Dubai, Shanghai and
Fort Lauderdale and the research and development center is
located in San Leandro, California.
The Company was incorporated in Virginia in April 1992 and
reincorporated in Delaware in March 2001. The Company
incorporated its wholly owned subsidiaries, Osmotic Power, Inc.
Energy Recovery, Inc. International and Energy Recovery Iberia,
S.L., in September 2005, July 2006 and September 2006,
respectively.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis
of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its foreign wholly owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of March 31,
2008, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows
for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the
consolidated statements of stockholders equity and
comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31,
2008 are unaudited. In the opinion of management, such
information includes all adjustments consisting of normal
recurring adjustments for a fair presentation of this interim
information when read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated financial statements and notes hereto. Results for
the three months ended March 31, 2008 are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the year
ending December 31, 2008.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
Unites States of America (U.S. GAAP) requires
management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may materially
differ from those estimates. The Companys most significant
estimates and judgments involve the determination of revenue
recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, allowance for
product warranty, valuation of the Companys stock and
stock-based compensation, reserve for excess and obsolete
inventory, deferred taxes and valuation allowances on deferred
tax assets.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a
remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of
purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company invests primarily
in money market funds as these investments are subject to
minimal credit and market risks.
Allowances
of Doubtful Accounts
The Company records a provision for doubtful accounts based on
its historical experience and a detailed assessment of the
collectability of its accounts receivable. In estimating the
allowance for doubtful accounts, the Companys management
considers, among other factors, (1) the aging of the
accounts receivable, (2) the Companys historical
write-offs, (3) the credit worthiness of each customer and
(4) general economic conditions.
F-7
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Restricted
Cash
The Company has irrevocable letters of credit with a bank
securing performance under contracts with customers. At
December 31, 2007 and 2006, the outstanding amounts with
the bank were $1.6 million and $475,000, respectively. The
Company has deposited a corresponding amount into a certificate
of deposit that secures the letters of credit. During the three
months ended March 31, 2008, the letters of credit were
secured by amounts available under a new line of credit and the
restriction on cash deposits was released (see Note 4).
At December 31, 2006, the Company also had $69,000
deposited with another bank in an escrow account securing the
Companys facility lease. During 2007, the lessor
authorized an early closure of the escrow account and the
restriction was released.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (using the weighted
average cost method) or market. The Company calculates inventory
reserve for excess and obsolete inventories based on current
inventory levels, expected useful life and estimated future
demand of the products and spare parts. Cost of inventory is
determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 151, Inventory
Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over
the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to
seven years) using the straight-line method. A significant
portion of equipment for the Companys manufacturing
facility is acquired under capital lease obligations. These
assets are amortized over periods consistent with depreciation
of owned assets of similar types, generally five years. Lease
improvements represent the remodeling expenses for the leased
office space and are depreciated over the shorter of either the
estimated useful lives or the term of the lease using the
straight-line method. Software purchased for internal use
consists primarily of amounts paid for perpetual licenses to
third party software providers and are depreciated over the
estimated useful lives, generally three to five years.
SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligations and Interpretation No. 47, Accounting
for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, an
interpretation of SFAS 143, requires the recognition of a
liability for the fair value of a legally required conditional
asset retirement obligation when incurred, if the
liabilitys fair value can be reasonably estimated.
Management reviewed the Companys facility lease and
concluded that the cost, if any of potential physical
reinstatement obligations is not reasonably determinable, and as
such, no asset retirement obligation was recorded in the
financial statements for the years presented.
Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to expense as
incurred, whereas improvements and renewals are generally
capitalized in their respective property accounts. When an item
is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and applicable
accumulated depreciation are removed and the resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the results of operations.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets represent patents owned by the Company and are
recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over
their expected useful life of 17 to 20 years.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
The Company accounts for its long-lived assets, including
property and equipment and intangibles, in accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The Company evaluates its
long-lived assets for indicators of possible impairment whenever
events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. An
impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted
future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset
and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount.
During 2007, the Company determined that a patent was impaired
as a result of the development of a new patent which effectively
superseded and replaced an existing patent; accordingly, the
Company recorded an impairment reserve of $31,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2007, and this amount was included in
research and development expense in the consolidated statement
of operations. No impairment expense was recorded for the three
months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 nor the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005.
F-8
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Revenue
Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Staff
Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue
Recognition (SAB 104). The Company
recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete, as
evidenced by an agreement with the customer, transfer of title
occurs, fixed pricing is determinable and collection is
probable. Transfer of title typically occurs upon shipment of
the equipment pursuant to a written purchase order or contract.
The portion of the sales agreement related to the field services
and training for commissioning of a desalination plant is
deferred per guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF)
No. 00-21,
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables, by
applying the residual value method. Under this method, revenue
allocated to undelivered elements is based on vendor-specific
objective evidence of fair value of such undelivered elements,
and the residual revenue is allocated to the delivered elements.
Vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for such
undelivered elements is based upon the price we charge for such
product or service when it is sold separately. The Company may
modify its pricing in the future, which could result in changes
to our vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for such
undelivered elements. The services element of our contracts
represents an incidental portion of the total contract price.
Under the Companys revenue recognition policy, evidence of
an arrangement has been met when it has an executed purchase
order or a stand-alone contract. Typically, our smaller projects
utilize purchase orders that conform to our standard terms and
conditions that require the customer to remit payment generally
within 30 to 90 days from product delivery. In some cases,
if credit worthiness cannot be determined, prepayment is
required from the smaller customers.
For our large projects, stand-alone contracts are utilized. For
these contracts, consistent with industry practice, the
customers typically require their suppliers, including the
Company, to accept contractual holdback provisions whereby the
final amounts due under the sales contract are remitted over
extended periods of time. These retention payments typically
range between 10% and 20%, and in some instances up to 30%, of
the total contract amount and are due and payable when the
customer is satisfied that certain specified product performance
criteria have been met upon commissioning of the desalinization
plant, which in the case of the Companys PX device may be
12 months to 24 months from the date of product
delivery as described further below.
The specified product performance criteria for the
Companys PX device generally pertains to the ability of
the Companys product to meet its published performance
specifications and warranty provisions, which the Companys
products have demonstrated on a consistent basis. This factor,
combined with the Companys historical performance metrics
measured over the past 10 years, provides management with a
reasonable basis to conclude that its PX device will perform
satisfactorily upon commissioning of the plant. To ensure this
successful product performance, the Company provides service,
consisting principally of supervision of customer personnel, and
training to the customers during the commissioning of the plant.
The installation of the PX device is relatively simple, requires
no customization and is performed by the customer under the
supervision of Company personnel. The Company defers the fair
value of the service and training component of the contract and
recognizes such revenue as services are rendered. Based on these
factors, management has concluded that delivery and performance
have been completed when the product has been delivered (title
transfers) to the customer.
The Company performs an evaluation of credit worthiness on an
individual contract basis, to assess whether collectibility is
reasonably assured. As part of this evaluation, management
considers many factors about the individual customer, including
the underlying financial strength of the customer
and/or
partnership consortium and managements prior history or
industry specific knowledge about the customer and its supplier
relationships. To date, the Company has been able to conclude
that collectibility was reasonably assured on its sales
contracts at the time the product was delivered and title has
transferred; however, to the extent that management concludes
that it is unable to determine that collectibility is reasonably
assured at the time of product delivery, the Company will defer
all or a portion of the contract amount based on the specific
facts and circumstances of the contract and the customer.
Under the stand-alone contracts, the usual payment arrangements
are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
an advance payment, typically 10% to 20% of the total contract
amount, is due upon execution of the contract;
|
|
|
|
a payment upon delivery of the product, typically in the range
of 50% to 70% of the total contract amount, is due on average
between 120 and 150 days from product delivery, and in some
cases up to 180 days; and
|
|
|
|
a retention payment, typically in the range of 10% to 20%, and
in some cases up to 30%, of the total contract amount is due
subsequent to product delivery as described further below.
|
F-9
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Under the terms of the retention payment component, the Company
is generally required to issue to the customer a product
performance guarantee that takes the form of a collateralized
letter of credit, which is issued to the customer approximately
12 to 24 months after the product delivery date. The letter
of credit is collateralized by restricted cash on deposit with
the Companys financial institution (See Restricted Cash
under Summary of Significant Accounting Policies). The letter of
credit remains in place for the performance period as specified
in the contract, which is generally 24 months and which
runs concurrent with the Companys standard product
warranty period. Once the letter of credit has been put in
place, the Company invoices the customer for this final
retention payment under the sales contract. During the time
between the product delivery and the issuance of the letter of
credit, the amount of the final retention payment is classified
on the balance sheet as unbilled receivable, of which a portion
may be classified as long term to the extent that the billable
period extends beyond one year. Once the letter of credit is
issued, the Company invoices the customer and reclassifies the
retention amount from unbilled receivable to accounts receivable
where it remains until payment, typically 120 to 150 days
after invoicing. (See Note 3 Balance Sheet
Information: Unbilled Receivables).
The Company does not provide its customers with a right of
product return. However, the Company will accept returns of
products that are deemed to be damaged or defective when
delivered that are covered by the terms and conditions of the
product warranty. Product returns have not been significant.
Reserves are established for possible product returns related to
the advance replacement of products pending the determination of
a warranty claim.
Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are included
in sales. The cost of shipping to customers is included in cost
of revenue.
The Company sells its product to resellers and engineering,
procurement and construction (EPC) companies which
are not subject to sales tax. Accordingly, the adoption of EITF
Issue No. 06-3, How Taxes Collected from Customers and
Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the
Income Statement (That is, Gross versus Net Presentation),
does not have an impact on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
Warranty
Costs
The Company sells products with a limited warranty for a period
of one to two years. In August 2007, the Company modified the
warranty to offer a five-year term on the ceramic components for
new sales agreements executed after August 7, 2007. The
Company accrues for warranty costs based on estimated product
failure rates, historical activity and expectations of future
costs. The Company periodically evaluates and adjusts the
warranty costs to the extent actual warranty costs vary from the
original estimates.
The Company may offer extended warranties on an exception basis
and these are accounted for in accordance with Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Technical
Bulletin 90-1,
Accounting for Separately Priced Extended Warranty and
Product Maintenance Contracts for Sales of Extended
Warranties.
Income
Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (SFAS 109), issued by FASB.
SFAS 109 requires an entity to recognize deferred tax
liabilities and assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequence attributable to the
difference between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rate
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in
tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included
the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided if, based
upon the available evidence, management believes it is more
likely than not that some or all of the deferred assets will not
be realized or the use of prior years net operating losses
may be limited.
On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes An Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48
clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
recognized in any entitys financial statements in
accordance with SFAS 109 and prescribes a recognition
threshold and measurement attributes for financial statement
disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a
tax return. Under FIN 48, the impact of an uncertain income
tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the
largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained upon
audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax
position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50%
likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, FIN 48
provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest
and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. The
F-10
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1,
2007. Measurement under FIN 48 is based on judgment
regarding the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of
being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of
adoption was immaterial. As a result of the implementation of
FIN 48, the Company recognized no increase in the liability
for unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company adopted the accounting policy that interest
recognized in accordance with Paragraph 15 of FIN 48
and penalty recognized in accordance with Paragraph 16 of
FIN 48 are classified as part of its income taxes. The
amounts of interest and penalty recognized in the statement of
operations and statement of financial position for the year
ended December 31, 2007 were insignificant.
The Companys operations are subject to income and
transaction taxes in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions.
Significant estimates and judgments are required in determining
the Companys worldwide provision for income taxes. Some of
these estimates are based on interpretations of existing tax
laws or regulations. The ultimate amount of tax liability may be
uncertain as a result.
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various
states and foreign jurisdictions. There are no ongoing
examinations by taxing authorities at this time. The
Companys various tax years from 1997 to 2007 remain open
in various taxing jurisdictions.
Stock-Based
CompensationEmployees
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for
stock-based compensation to employees and members of the
Companys board of directors under the recognition and
measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
(APB 25), and related interpretations. Under APB
25, compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is based
on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the
value of the Companys stock and the exercise price and is
recognized over the vesting period of the awards. Accordingly,
prior to January 1, 2006, no stock-based compensation
expense was recognized in the Companys statements of
operations for stock options granted to employees and directors
that had an exercise price equal to the value of the
Companys stock on the date of grant. The Company also
followed the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, amended by
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation-Transition and Disclosure and used the minimum
value method for pro-forma disclosures based on the disclosure
provisions that was available for nonpublic companies.
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123R), which requires the measurement
and recognition of compensation expense in the statement of
operations for all awards made to employees and members of the
Companys Board of Directors on estimated fair values.
SFAS 123R supersedes the Companys previous accounting
under APB 25.
Under the provisions of SFAS 123R, share-based compensation
expense is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value
of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the
employees requisite service period, generally the vesting
period of the awards. Under SFAS 123R, non-public companies
that used the minimum value method under disclosure provisions
of SFAS 148 shall apply the provisions of SFAS 123R
prospectively to new
and/or
modified awards at the adoption date, and shall continue to
account for any portion of awards outstanding at the adoption
date, using the accounting principles originally applied to
those awards. Accordingly, for awards granted prior to
January 1, 2006 for which the requisite service period had
not been performed as of December 31, 2005, the Company
continued to recognize compensation expense on the remaining
unvested awards under the intrinsic-value method of APB 25. In
accordance with the requirements of SFAS 123R for
non-public companies, the Company has not provided pro-forma
disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2005 since the
Company used the minimum value method for pro-forma disclosures
for awards granted prior to January 1, 2006. For all awards
granted or modified after December 31, 2005, the Company
began recognizing compensation expense of the fair value, less
expected forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the vesting
period.
To determine the inputs for the Black-Scholes options pricing
model, the Company is required to develop several assumptions,
which are highly subjective. These assumptions include:
|
|
|
|
|
the length of its options lives, which is based on
anticipated future exercises;
|
|
|
|
its common stocks volatility;
|
|
|
|
the number of shares of common stock pursuant to which
options which will ultimately be forfeited;
|
F-11
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
the risk-free rate of return; and
|
|
|
|
future dividends.
|
The Company uses the Black-Scholes options pricing model to
determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of
the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of
grant is affected by stock price as well as assumptions
regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These
variables include expected stock price volatility over the term
of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option
exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected
dividends. The estimated grant date fair values of the employee
stock options were calculated using the Black-Scholes options
pricing model, based on the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
Expected term
|
|
5 years
|
|
5 years
|
|
5 years
|
|
5 years
|
Expected volatility
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
|
50%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.46%
|
|
4.54%
|
|
3.45%
|
|
4.70%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
|
0%
|
Expected Term. Under the Companys option plans, the
expected term of options granted is determined using the
weighted average period during which the stock options are
expected to remain outstanding and is based on the options
vesting term, contractual terms and disclosure information from
similar publicly traded companies to develop reasonable
expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting
employment termination behavior.
Expected Volatility. Since the Company has been a private
entity through 2007 with no historical data regarding the
volatility of its common stock price, the expected volatility
used is based on volatility of a representative industry peer
group. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors
such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free rate is based on
U.S. Treasury issues with remaining terms similar to the
expected term on the options.
Dividend Yield. The Company has never declared or paid
any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in
the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected
dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.
Forfeitures. SFAS No. 123R also requires the
Company to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise
those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures
differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to
estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based
compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to
vest. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the
awards, which are generally the vesting periods. If the
Companys actual forfeiture rate is materially different
from its estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be
significantly different from what the Company has recorded in
the current period.
The absence of an active market for its common stock also
requires management and board of directors to estimate the fair
value of its common stock for purposes of granting options and
for determining stock-based compensation expense. In response to
these requirements, management and the board of directors
estimate the fair market value common stock based on factors
such as the price of the most recent common stock sales to
investors, the valuations of comparable companies, the status of
its development and sales efforts, our cash and working capital
amounts, revenue growth, and additional objective and subjective
factors relating to its business on an annual basis.
F-12
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted and
or modified to employees was allocated as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$24
|
|
$25
|
|
$117
|
|
$143
|
|
$88
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
68
|
|
69
|
|
349
|
|
310
|
|
86
|
General and administrative
|
|
88
|
|
105
|
|
383
|
|
425
|
|
731
|
Research and development
|
|
33
|
|
35
|
|
159
|
|
183
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$213
|
|
$234
|
|
$1,008
|
|
$1,061
|
|
$1,003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To calculate the excess tax benefits available as of the date of
adoption for use in offsetting future tax shortfalls, the
Company elected the short-form method in accordance
with FASB Staff Position
FAS No. 123R-3,
Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects
of Share-Based Payment Awards.
Stock-Based
CompensationNon-Employees
The Company accounts for awards granted to non-employees other
than members of the Companys board of directors in
accordance with SFAS 123 and the EITF Abstract
No. 96-18,
Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other
Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling
Goods or Services, which require such awards to be recorded
at their fair value on the measurement date. The measurement of
stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustment as
the underlying awards vest. The Company amortizes compensation
expense related to non-employee awards in accordance with FASB
Interpretation No. 28, Accounting for Stock Appreciation
Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans.
Stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted
and/or modified to non-employees was allocated as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
$6
|
|
$2
|
|
$23
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
General and administrative
|
|
2
|
|
1
|
|
5
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$8
|
|
$3
|
|
$28
|
|
$3
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Note 9Stockholders Equity for additional
information.
Foreign
Currency
The Companys reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, while
the functional currencies of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. The asset
and liability accounts of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries are translated from their local currencies at the
rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses
are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during
the period. Translation adjustments are accumulated and reported
as a component of stockholders equity. Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses which result from transactions with
customers that are denominated in a currency other than the
entitys functional currency are recorded in other income
and expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-13
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Advertising
Expense
Advertising expense is charged to operations in the year in
which it is incurred. Total advertising expense amounted to
$33,000 and $16,000 for the three months ended March 31,
2008 and 2007, respectively, and $118,000, $68,000 and $35,000
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
Comprehensive
Income
In accordance with SFAS No. 130, Reporting
Comprehensive Income, the Company is required to display
comprehensive income and its components as part of the
Companys full set of consolidated financial statements.
Comprehensive income is composed of net income and other
comprehensive income, including currency translation adjustments.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted
cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued
liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair value because
of the short maturity of these items.
The carrying amount of long-term debt reasonably approximates
its fair value as the majority of the borrowings are at interest
rates that fluctuate with current market conditions.
The Company has determined that it is not practicable to
estimate the fair value of its non-current unbilled receivables
as there is no ready market for such instruments. See
Note 3 Balance Sheet Information: Unbilled
Receivables for additional information.
Earnings
Per Share
In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per
Share, the following table sets forth the computation of
basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per
share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
$
|
5,793
|
|
$
|
2,382
|
|
$
|
894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
39,804
|
|
|
38,271
|
|
|
39,060
|
|
|
38,018
|
|
|
36,790
|
Effect of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested shares
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
Stock options
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
438
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
245
|
Warrants
|
|
|
1,859
|
|
|
1,930
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
1,908
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shares for purpose of calculating diluted net income per
share
|
|
|
42,196
|
|
|
40,508
|
|
|
41,433
|
|
|
40,244
|
|
|
38,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
$
|
0.06
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
The following potential common shares were excluded from the
computation of diluted net income per share because their effect
would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested shares
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
78
|
|
481
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
213
|
|
639
|
|
283
|
|
38
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157).
SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for
measuring fair value, and enhances fair value measurement
disclosure. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff
Position
157-1,
Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement
No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address
Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or
Measurement under Statement 13
(FSP 157-1)
and
FSP 157-2,
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157.
FSP 157-1
amends SFAS 157 to remove certain leasing transactions from
its scope.
FSP 157-2
delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all non-financial
assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are
recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial
statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until the
beginning of the first quarter of 2009. The measurement and
disclosure requirements related to financial assets and
financial liabilities are effective for the Company beginning in
the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS 157 for
financial assets and financial liabilities in the first quarter
of 2008 did not have a significant impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact that SFAS 157 will have on its
consolidated financial statements when it is applied to
non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities beginning in
the first quarter of 2009.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
(SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits companies
to choose to measure certain financial instruments and other
items at fair value. The standard requires that unrealized gains
and losses are reported in earnings for items measured using the
fair value option. SFAS 159 is effective for the Company
beginning in the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of
SFAS 159 did not have an impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF Issue
No. 07-3,
Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or
Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development
Activities
(EITF 07-3).
EITF 07-3
requires non-refundable advance payments for goods and services
to be used in future research and development
(R&D) activities to be recorded as assets and
the payments to be expensed when the R&D activities are
performed.
EITF 07-3
applies prospectively to new contractual arrangements entered
into beginning in the first quarter of 2008. Prior to adoption,
the Company recognized these non-refundable advance payments as
an expense upon payment. The adoption of
EITF 07-3
did not have a significant impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued SAB 110 to amend the
SECs views discussed in SAB 107 regarding the use of
the simplified method in developing an estimate of expected life
of share options in accordance with SFAS 123R. SAB 110
is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of
2008. As of December 31, 2007, the Company did not use the
simplified method and the adoption of SAB 107, as amended
by SAB 110, did not have an impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141
(revised 2007), Business Combinations
(FAS 141(R)). FAS 141(R) will change
how business acquisitions are accounted for. FAS 141(R) is
effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of FAS 141(R) is not
expected to have a material impact on the Companys
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statementsan amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin No. 51. SFAS No. 160
establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership
interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent,
the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent
and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parents
ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling
equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated.
SFAS No. 160 also establishes disclosure
F-15
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the
interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling
owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of
FAS 141(R) is not expected to have a material impact on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
|
|
3.
|
Balance
Sheet Information
|
Accounts
Receivable:
Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
11,111
|
|
|
$
|
12,970
|
|
|
$
|
5,876
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(121
|
)
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,004
|
|
|
$
|
12,849
|
|
|
$
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unbilled
Receivables
The Company has unbilled receivables pertaining to customer
contractual holdback provisions, whereby the Company invoices
the final retention payment(s) due under its sales contracts in
periods generally ranging from 12 to 24 months after the
product has been shipped to the customer and revenue has been
recognized.
Long-term unbilled receivables as of March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007 and 2006 consisted of unbilled
receivables from customers due more than one year subsequent to
period end. The customer holdbacks represent amounts intended to
provide a form of security for the customer rather than a form
of long-term financing; accordingly, these receivables have not
been discounted to present value. At March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, the expected payment schedule for these
accounts was as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
2,142
|
|
|
$
|
2,185
|
|
2010
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,434
|
|
|
$
|
2,457
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
1,909
|
|
|
$
|
2,974
|
|
|
$
|
1,051
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
|
|
1,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,395
|
|
|
$
|
4,791
|
|
|
$
|
2,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess and obsolete reserves included in inventory at
March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and 2006 were
$122,000, $102,000 and $55,000, respectively.
F-16
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Prepaid
Expenses
Prepaid expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid IPO Costs
|
|
$
|
1,838
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Prepaid income taxes
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other prepaid expenses
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,673
|
|
|
$
|
369
|
|
|
$
|
289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
$
|
2,394
|
|
|
$
|
2,209
|
|
|
$
|
1,485
|
|
Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
Automobiles
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP software
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,291
|
|
|
|
3,235
|
|
|
|
2,317
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(1,670
|
)
|
|
|
(1,564
|
)
|
|
|
(1,261
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,621
|
|
|
$
|
1,671
|
|
|
$
|
1,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense was approximately $106,000
and $58,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and
2007, respectively and was approximately $304,000, $212,000 and
$142,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, respectively. Included in these amounts was depreciation
expense related to equipment under capital leases of
approximately $9,000 and $10,000 for the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and approximately
$37,000, $39,000 and $18,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Intangible
Assets
Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patents at cost
|
|
$
|
574
|
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
$
|
489
|
|
Less: accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
(197
|
)
|
|
|
(177
|
)
|
Less: impairment reserve
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
$
|
345
|
|
|
$
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles was approximately $15,000 and $5,000
for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively and approximately $19,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
F-17
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Future estimated amortization expense on intangible assets is as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
2009
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
2010
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
2011
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
2012
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
$
|
345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average remaining life at March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007 was 14.4 and 14.6 years,
respectively.
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and commission expenses
|
|
$
|
1,355
|
|
|
$
|
1,014
|
|
|
$
|
1,359
|
|
Checks issued against future deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Inventory in transit
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
|
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
1,524
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Accrued VAT payable
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other accrued expenses and current liabilities
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,815
|
|
|
$
|
1,868
|
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Long-Term
Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving note payable
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
438
|
|
Promissory notes payable
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
Other notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
(493
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
514
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Future minimum principal payments due under long-term debt
arrangements consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
129
|
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
2009
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
2010
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
2011
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
2012
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
686
|
|
|
$
|
729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
Notes Payable and Promissory Note Payable
On December 1, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement
with a financial institution for a $2.0 million revolving
note (revolving note) and a $222,000 fixed
rate-installment note (fixed promissory note) with
maturity dates of December 1, 2006, subsequently extended
to March 1, 2007 and December 15, 2010, respectively.
The revolving note bears interest of base rate or LIBOR-based
rate as elected by the Company. The interest rate was amended on
April 26, 2006 to modify the definition of base rate and
increase the rate to base rate plus 1% or LIBOR plus 2.5%. The
fixed promissory note bears an annual interest rate of 10%.
These notes are secured by the Companys accounts
receivable, inventories, property, equipment and other general
intangibles except for intellectual property.
On April 26, 2006, the Company entered into a loan and
security agreement (loan and security agreement)
with the financial institution for an additional
$2.0 million credit facility (credit facility)
with a maturity date of December 1, 2006, subsequently
extended to March 1, 2007. The credit facility advances
bear interest rates of base rate plus 1% or LIBOR plus 2.5%. The
credit facility is secured by the Companys cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory, property and other
general intangibles except for intellectual property.
On December 7, 2006, the revolving note was amended to
increase the face amount of the note to $3.5 million.
On March 1, 2007, the Company renewed the revolving note
and the loan and security agreement (the first
modification) to a maturity date of March 31, 2008.
Additional amended terms under the first modification were an
interest rate change to base rate or LIBOR plus 2.5%, limitation
of advances to a borrowing base, and various reporting
requirements and satisfaction of certain financial ratios and
covenants by the Company.
On March 28, 2007, the Company modified the loan and
security agreement (the second modification) to add
a $1.0 million equipment promissory note (equipment
promissory note). The equipment promissory note bears an
interest rate of cost of funds plus 3% and matures
September 30, 2012. Additional amended terms under the
second modification were changes to the financial ratios and
covenants that were to be maintained by the Company.
As of December 31, 2006, borrowings outstanding on the
revolving note and the fixed promissory note were $438,000 and
$177,000, respectively. There were no borrowings under the
credit facility. The interest rate for the revolving note
elected by the Company was the base rate at 9.25%. The Company
was in compliance with all covenants under the loan and security
agreement.
As of December 31, 2007 there were no borrowings under the
revolving note and the credit facility. The amounts outstanding
on the fixed promissory note and the equipment promissory note
were $133,000 and $596,000, respectively at December 31,
2007 and $122,000 and $564,000, respectively, at March 31,
2008. The interest rate for the equipment promissory note at
December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008 was 7.81%. The
Company was in compliance with all covenants under the loan and
security agreement.
On March 27, 2008 the Company entered into a new credit
agreement with its existing financial institution that replaces
the $2.0 million credit facility and the $3.5 million
revolving note. The new credit facility allows borrowings of up
to $9.0 million on a revolving basis at LIBOR plus 2.75%.
This new credit facility expires on September 30, 2008 and
is secured by the Companys accounts receivable,
inventories, property, equipment and other intangibles except
intellectual property. The Company is subject to certain
financial and administrative covenants under the new credit
agreement. As of
F-19
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
March 31, 2008, the Company was non-compliant with one
financial covenant related to a minimum financial ratio.
Subsequent to March 31, 2008, the lender granted a waiver
for this non-compliance and the credit agreement was amended
effective May 29, 2008 to change such covenant.
During the years presented, the Company provided certain
customers with irrevocable standby letters of credit to secure
its obligations for the delivery of products and performance
guarantees in accordance with sales arrangements. These letters
of credit were issued under the Companys revolving note
credit facility and generally terminate within one year from
issuance. At March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the
amounts outstanding on the letters of credit totaled
approximately $4.4 million and $2.2 million,
respectively.
Other
Note Payable
The other note payable as of December 31, 2006 consisted of
one obligation with an insurance corporation for financing of
property and casualty insurance and bears a fixed interest rate
of 9.19%.
5. Capital
Leases
The Company leases certain equipment under agreements classified
as capital leases. The terms of the lease agreements generally
range up to five years. Costs and accumulated depreciation of
equipment under capital leases were $175,000 and $89,000 as of
March 31, 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2007,
costs and accumulated depreciation of equipment under capital
leases were $193,000 and $92,000, respectively. As of
December 31, 2006, costs and accumulated depreciation of
equipment under capital leases were $215,000 and $76,000,
respectively.
Future minimum payments under capital leases consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
2009
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
2010
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total future minimum lease payments
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
Less: amount representing interest
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of net minimum capital lease payments
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term portion
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
6. Income
Taxes
The Company recorded income tax expense of $612,000 and $810,000
for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
The components of the provision for income taxes consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Current tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
3,466
|
|
|
$
|
1,654
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,288
|
|
|
$
|
2,098
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax (benefit) expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(327
|
)
|
|
|
(775
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(341
|
)
|
|
$
|
(859
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
3,947
|
|
|
$
|
1,239
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory
federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes
included in the accompanying statements of operations is as
follows (in thousands, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
U.S. federal taxes at statutory rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
Disallowed interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Extraterritorial income exclusion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Total deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carry forwards
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
Accruals and reserves
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
Tax credit carry forwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
1,430
|
|
|
$
|
905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation on property and equipment
|
|
$
|
(90
|
)
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
Unrecognized gain on translation of foreign currency receivables
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(230
|
)
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$
|
1,200
|
|
|
$
|
859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported on the balance sheet:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets, net
|
|
$
|
1,052
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
Non-current assets, net
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
1,200
|
|
|
$
|
859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company had net deferred tax assets of approximately
$1.2 million and $859,000 at December 31, 2007 and
2006, respectively, relating principally to accrued expenses and
tax effects of net operating loss carry-forwards. In assessing
the recoverability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that the assets will be
realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during
the periods in which those temporary differences become
deductible.
Management considers, among other things, projected future
taxable income in making this assessment. Based upon the
projections for future taxable income over the periods in which
the deferred tax items are recognizable for tax reporting
purposes, management has determined it is more likely than not
that the Company will realize the benefits of these differences
at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had net
operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $588,000 and
$630,000, respectively, for federal and $252,000 and $294,000,
respectively, for California. The net operating loss
carry-forwards, if not utilized, will expire in 2021 for federal
and 2013 for California purposes. Utilization of the net
operating loss carry-forwards is subject to a substantial annual
limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by
the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. The
annual limitation will result in the expiration of the net
operating loss carry-forwards before utilization. Management has
estimated the amount which may ultimately be realized and
recorded deferred tax assets accordingly.
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on
January 1, 2007. Measurement under FIN 48 is based on
judgment regarding the largest amount that is greater than 50%
likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing
authority. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of
the date of adoption was immaterial. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized no
increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits.
The Company adopted the accounting policy that interest
recognized in accordance with Paragraph 15 of FIN 48
and penalty recognized in accordance with Paragraph 16 of
FIN 48 are classified as part of its income taxes. The
amounts of
F-22
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
interest and penalty recognized in the statement of operations
and statement of financial position for the year ended
December 31, 2007 were insignificant.
7. Commitments
and Contingencies
Lease
Obligations
The Company leases facilities under fixed non-cancelable
operating leases that expire on various dates through June 2010.
Future minimum lease payments consist of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
380
|
|
|
$
|
411
|
|
2009
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
2010
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
967
|
|
|
$
|
862
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent and lease expense was $127,000 and $106,000 for the
three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 respectively and
$462,000, $287,000 and $155,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Warranty
Changes in the Companys accrued warranty reserve and the
expenses incurred under its warranties were as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
868
|
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Warranty costs charged to cost of revenue, including extended
warranty costs
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Utilization of warranty
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
946
|
|
|
$
|
868
|
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warranty costs during 2007 included costs attributable to
extended service contracts, for which the Company had recognized
in 2007 estimated service costs to the extent that such costs
were expected to exceed the related service revenue.
Purchase
Obligations
The Company did not have any non-cancelable contractual purchase
obligations with its vendors at March 31, 2008 or
December 31, 2007.
The Company had purchase order arrangements with its vendors for
which it had not received the related goods or services at
March 31, 2008 and at December 31, 2007. These
arrangements are subject to change based on the Companys
sales demand forecasts and the Company has the right to cancel
the arrangements prior to the date of delivery. The majority of
these purchase order arrangements were related to various key
raw materials and components parts. As of March 31, 2008
and December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately
$7.3 million and $8.1 million, respectively, of open
purchase order arrangements.
Guarantees
The Company enters into indemnification provisions under its
agreements with other companies in the ordinary course of
business, typically with customers. Under these provisions the
Company generally indemnifies and holds harmless
F-23
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the
indemnified party as a result of the Companys activities,
generally limited to personal injury and property damage caused
by our employees at a customers desalination plant in
proportion to the employees percentage of fault for the
accident. Damages incurred for these indemnifications would be
covered by the Companys general liability insurance to the
extent provided by the policy limitations. The Company has not
incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims
related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, the
estimated fair value of these agreements is not material.
Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these
agreements as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
and 2006.
In certain cases, the Company issues product performance
guarantees to its customers for amounts ranging from 10% to 30%
of the total sales agreement to endorse the warranty of design
work, fabrication and operating performance of the PX device.
These guarantees are issued under the Companys credit
facility (see Note 4) and were collateralized by restricted
cash (see Note 2). These guarantees typically remain in
place for periods ranging from 24 to 36 months, which
relates to the underlying product warranty period.
Employee
Agreements
The Company has employment agreements with certain executives
covering terms of up to 30 months which provide for, among
other things, annual base salary.
Litigation
The Company is not party to any material litigation, and the
Company is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation
against it that the Company believes would adversely affect its
business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
However, in the future, the Company may be subject to legal
proceedings in the ordinary course of business.
8. Defined
Contribution Plan
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all
employees over age 18. Generally, employees can defer up to
20% of their compensation through payroll withholdings into the
plan. The Company can make discretionary matching contributions.
The Company made contributions of $25,000 and $30,000 during the
three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively,
and $100,000, $68,000 and $45,000 during the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
9. Stockholders
Equity
Preferred
Stock
The Company has the authority to issue 10,000,000 shares of
$0.001 par value preferred stock. The Companys board
of directors has the authority, without action by the
Companys stockholders, to designate and issue shares of
preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors is
also authorized to designate the rights, preferences, and voting
powers of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which
may be greater than the rights of the common stock including
restrictions of dividends on the common stock, dilution of the
voting power of the common stock, reduction of the liquidation
rights of the common stock, and delaying or preventing a change
in control of the Company without further action by the
stockholders. To date, the board of directors has not designated
any rights, preference or powers of any preferred stock and as
of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 and 2006, none
was issued or outstanding.
Common
Stock
The Company has the authority to issue 45,000,000 shares of
$0.001 par value common stock. Subject to the preferred
rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of
preferred stock as provided by the board of directors with
respect to any such class or series of preferred stock, the
holders of the common stock shall be entitled to receive
dividends, as and when declared by the board of directors. In
the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, after the
distribution or payment to the holders of shares of any class or
series of preferred stock as provided by the Board of Directors
with respect to any such class or series of preferred stock, the
remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to
stockholder shall be distributed among and paid to the holders
of common stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of
common stock held by them respectively. As of March 31,
2008 and December 31, 2007 and 2006, 39,838,908, 39,777,446
and 38,222,493 shares were issued and outstanding,
respectively.
F-24
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Private
Placement
In June 2007, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common
stock with an issuance price of $5.00 per share. Net proceeds
from the issuance were $5.0 million, less $41,000 in fees.
Stock
Option Plans
In April 2001, the Company adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan
under which 2,500,000 shares of the Companys common
stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and
consultants. In April 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan under which 1,509,375 shares of
the Companys common stock were reserved for issuance to
employees, directors and consultants. In January 2004, the
Company adopted the 2004 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan under
which 850,000 shares of the Companys common stock
were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and
consultants. In May 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan under which 800,000 shares of
the Companys common stock were reserved for issuance to
employees, directors and consultants. During the first quarter
of 2008, an additional 60,000 shares of common stock were
reserved for issuance under the 2006 plan, resulting in a total
of 860,000 shares reserved for issuance under this plan as of
March 31, 2008.
The option plans provide for the issuance of common stock and
the granting of incentive stock options to employees, officers
and directors and the granting of non-statutory stock options to
employees, officers and directors or consultants of the Company.
The Company may grant incentive stock options with exercise
prices of not less than the estimated fair value of the stock on
the date of grant (85% of the estimated fair value for
non-statutory stock options). If, at the time the Company grants
an option, the optionee directly owns stock possessing more than
10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
of the Company, the option price must be at least 110% of the
estimated fair value and are not exercisable more than five
years after the date of grant. Options granted under the plans
vest at varying rates determined on an individual basis by the
Board of Directors, generally over four years. Options generally
expire no more than ten years after the date of grant or earlier
if employment is terminated.
Options may be exercised prior to vesting, with the underlying
shares subject to the Companys right of repurchase, which
lapses over the vesting term. At December 31, 2007, 2006
and 2005, 56,879 shares, 279,799 shares and
728,134 shares, respectively, of common stock were
outstanding subject to the Companys right of repurchase at
prices ranging from $0.20 to $1.00 per share. At March 31,
2008, 4,167 shares of common stock were outstanding subject
to the Companys right to repurchase at $.25 per share. As
of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, the outstanding balances of the full recourse promissory
notes were $1,000, $20,000, $111,000 and $243,000, respectively,
as described below. As a result, the promissory notes related to
the exercise of the unvested shares and the corresponding
aggregate exercise price for these shares have been recorded as
notes receivable from stockholders and liability for early
exercise of stock options in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet, and are transferred into common stock and
additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.
Early
Exercise of Employee Options
In accordance with EITF Issue No. 23, Issues Related to the
Accounting for Stock Compensation under APB 25 and
FIN 44, shares purchased by employees pursuant to the early
exercise of stock options are not deemed to be issued until all
restrictions on such shares lapse (i.e., the employee is vested
in the award). Therefore, consideration received in exchange for
exercised and restricted shares related to the early exercise of
stock options is recorded as a liability for early exercise of
stock options in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
and will be transferred into common stock and additional paid-in
capital as the restrictions on such shares lapse.
In February 2005, options to purchase 4,293,958 shares of
common stock were exercised by the signing of full recourse
promissory notes totaling $948,000. The notes bear interest at
3.76% and are due in February 2010. The interest rate on the
notes was deemed to be a below market rate of interest resulting
in a deemed modification in exercise price of the options. As a
result, the Company is accounting for these options as variable
option awards until the employee is vested in the award. Of the
$948,000 of promissory notes, notes in an aggregate amount of
$552,000 were issued by executive officers and directors.
Subsequent to December 31, 2007, these notes were paid in
full, including principal and interest, for a total of $606,000.
As of March 31, 2008, there were 4,167 shares
outstanding as a result of the early exercise of options that
were classified as $1,000 in current liabilities. As of
December 31, 2007, there were 56,879 shares
outstanding as a result of the early exercise of options that
were classified as $20,000 in current liabilities. As of
December 31, 2006, there were 279,799 shares
outstanding as a result of the early exercise of options that
were classified as $111,000 in current liabilities.
F-25
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
For the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, the
Company recorded $135,000 and $195,000, respectively, of
stock-based compensation related to the options exercised with
promissory notes. For the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005, the Company recorded $783,000, $1.1 million
and $1.0 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation
related to the options exercised with promissory notes.
As of December 31, 2005, the Company had 556,042 options
outstanding that were accounted for using the intrinsic method
consistent with APB 25 (FIN 44) whereby there was no
stock compensation expense recognized as all of the options were
issued at fair market value. For the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company adopted
SFAS 123R and recognized stock-based compensation of
$85,000, $44,000, $252,000 and $13,000, respectively.
The following table summarizes the stock option activity under
the Companys stock option plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Value (in
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Life (in years)
|
|
|
thousands)(3)
|
|
|
Balance 12/31/04
|
|
|
4,300,000
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
726,042
|
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised(1)
|
|
|
(4,293,958
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(176,042
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance 12/31/05
|
|
|
556,042
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
642,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(25,730
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance 12/31/06
|
|
|
1,167,312
|
|
|
$
|
1.91
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
181,900
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(17,083
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(51,521
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance 12/31/07
|
|
|
1,280,608
|
|
|
$
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
92,400
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(8,750
|
)
|
|
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(30,950
|
)
|
|
|
3.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance 3/31/08
|
|
|
1,333,308
|
|
|
|
2.54
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
416,140
|
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2007 and
expected to vest thereafter(2)
|
|
|
305,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.71
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable as of March 31, 2008
|
|
|
477,195
|
|
|
$
|
1.67
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested and exercisable as of March 31, 2008 and expected
to vest thereafter(2)
|
|
|
337,088
|
|
|
$
|
1.76
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,093
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
These include 1,330,943 options
with an average exercise price of $0.31 that were unvested as of
the exercise date.
|
(2)
|
|
Options that are expected to vest
are net of estimated future options forfeitures in accordance
with the provisions of SFAS 123R.
|
F-26
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
The aggregate intrinsic value is
calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the
underlying options and the estimated fair value of the
Companys stock as of period end.
|
Shares available for grant under the option plans at
March 31, 2008, December 31, 2007 and 2006 were
51,901, 53,351 and 133,730, respectively.
The weighted average per share fair value of options granted to
employees for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and
during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was
$2.31, $2.41 and $1.30, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic
value of options exercised for the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and during the years ended December 31,
2007, 2006 and 2005 was $21,000, $62,000, $8,000 and
$1.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, total unrecognized compensation cost,
net of forfeitures, related to non-vested options was $707,000
and $902,000, respectively, which is expected to be recognized
as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately
three years.
The following table summarizes options outstanding after
exercises and cancellations as of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Outstanding and
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Vested and
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Range of Exercise
Prices
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
$1.00
|
|
|
|
466,708
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
258,140
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
$2.65
|
|
|
|
632,000
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
|
$
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
158,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.65
|
|
|
$5.00
|
|
|
|
181,900
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,280,608
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
$
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
416,140
|
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes options outstanding after
exercises and cancellations as of March 31, 2008
(unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Outstanding and
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Vested and
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Range of Exercise
Prices
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
$1.00
|
|
|
|
466,708
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
286,574
|
|
|
$
|
1.00
|
|
|
$2.65
|
|
|
|
602,000
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.65
|
|
|
|
188,121
|
|
|
$
|
2.65
|
|
|
$5.00
|
|
|
|
264,600
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,333,308
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
2.54
|
|
|
|
477,195
|
|
|
$
|
1.67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The employee option plans allows for the immediate exercise of
granted options, subject to the Companys right of
repurchase which lapses over the vesting term.
Stock
Based Compensation Before Adoption of
SFAS 123R
The fair value of the common stock for options granted was
estimated either by the Companys board of directors with
input from management or by the stock prices in conjunction with
private placements with third parties. The pro forma disclosures
under SFAS 123 for the year ended December 31, 2005
have been omitted as the pro forma amounts do not differ
materially from actual operating results reported.
Stock-Based
Compensation After Adoption of SFAS 123R
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value
recognition provisions of SFAS 123R, using the prospective
transition method. Under this transition method, beginning
January 1, 2006, compensation cost recognized includes:
(a) compensation cost for all stock-based awards granted
prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based
on the intrinsic value method and variable method in accordance
with the provisions of APB 25, and (b) compensation
F-27
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
cost for all stock-based payments granted or modified subsequent
to December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R.
Under SFAS 123R, compensation cost for employee stock-based
awards is based on the estimated grant-date fair value and is
recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award on a
straight-line basis. During the three months ended
March 31, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2007
and 2006, the Company issued employee stock-based awards in the
form of stock options. See Note 2Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies.
Warrants
In July 2005, the Company issued warrants to purchase
400,000 shares (200,000 shares of which were forfeited
subsequently) of the Companys common stock at
$1.00 per share to a board member/stockholder of the
Company. The warrant has a term of 10 years and was
immediately exercisable. The warrant was issued in exchange for
an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the warrant holder in
July 2005 as collateral against the Companys line of
credit with a bank. The Company valued the warrant at its
estimated fair value upon issuance using the Black-Scholes
options pricing model after taking into consideration the fact
that the issuance of this warrant was directly related to the
Companys debt borrowings for the second half of 2005.
Since the fair value of services (issuance of irrevocable letter
of credit) was difficult to assess, management determined that
the more reliable measurement for this issuance was to use the
fair value method to value the equity instrument issued with the
following assumptions: expected volatility of 50%, an expected
term of 10 years, a risk-free interest rate of 4.32% and no
dividend yield. The resulting estimated fair value of the
warrant of $132,000 was amortized to interest expense over the
expected term of the credit facility, which expired in December
2005.
In November 2005, the Company issued warrants to purchase
150,000 shares of the Companys common stock at $1.00
per share to an executive of the Company. The warrant has a term
of 10 years and was immediately exercisable. Because the
warrant was issued in exchange for future services to the
Company, the Company measured compensation using the intrinsic
value method under ABP 25 and no stock-based compensation
expense was recorded during the year since the exercise price of
the warrant was equal to the estimated fair value of the
Companys common stock at the time of issuance.
During the three months ended March 31, 2008, no warrants
were exercised.
During the year ended December 31, 2007, warrants to
purchase 314,950 shares of common stock were exercised for
cash and the proceeds received by the Company from these
exercises were $143,000.
There were no warrant exercises during the year ended
December 31, 2006.
During the year ended December 31, 2005, warrants to
purchase 100,000 shares of common stock were exercised for
cash and proceeds received by the Company from these exercises
were $20,000.
In February 2005, warrants to purchase 315,974 shares of
common stock were exercised by the signing of full recourse
promissory notes totaling $63,000. The notes bear interest at
3.76% and are due February 2010. As of December 31, 2007,
$43,000 of the notes had been repaid and the balance was repaid
in March 2008.
F-28
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
A summary of the Companys warrant activity for the years
ended (in thousands, except exercise prices and contractual life
data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, beginning of period
|
|
|
2,074
|
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,589
|
|
|
|
2,455
|
|
Exercised during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(315
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(416
|
)
|
Cancelled during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(200
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issued during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, end of period
|
|
|
2,074
|
|
|
|
2,074
|
|
|
|
2,389
|
|
|
|
2,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average exercise price of warrants outstanding at end
of period
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.52
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
Weighted average remaining contractual life, in years, of
warrants outstanding at end of period
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
10. Business
Segment and Geographic Information
The Company manufactures and sells high efficiency energy
recovery products and related services and operates under one
segment. The Companys chief operating decision maker is
the chief executive officer (CEO). The CEO reviews
financial information presented on a consolidated basis,
accompanied by desegregated information about revenue by
geographic region for purposes of making operating decisions and
assessing financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has
concluded that it has one reportable segment.
The following geographic information includes net revenue to the
Companys domestic and international customers based on the
customers requested delivery locations, except for certain
cases in which the customer directed us to deliver the
Companys products to a location that differs from the
known ultimate location of use. In such cases, the ultimate
location of use, rather than the delivery location, is reflected
in the table below (in thousands, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic revenue
|
|
$
|
721
|
|
|
$
|
494
|
|
|
$
|
2,125
|
|
|
$
|
1,003
|
|
|
$
|
1,710
|
|
International revenue
|
|
|
8,399
|
|
|
|
6,645
|
|
|
|
33,289
|
|
|
|
19,055
|
|
|
|
8,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
9,120
|
|
|
$
|
7,139
|
|
|
$
|
35,414
|
|
|
$
|
20,058
|
|
|
$
|
10,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue by country:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Algeria
|
|
|
49
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
United States
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Spain
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
China
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saudi Arabia
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
United Arab Emirates
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Others
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
Approximately 90% of the Companys long-lived assets were
located in the United States at March 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
11. Concentrations
Concentration
of Credit Risk
Cash is placed on deposit in major financial institutions in the
U.S. Such deposits may be in excess of insured limits.
Management believes that the financial institutions that hold
the Companys cash are financially sound and, accordingly,
minimal credit risk exists with respect to these balances.
The Companys accounts receivable are derived from sales to
customers in the water desalination industry located around the
world. The Company generally does not require collateral to
support customer receivables, but frequently requires letters of
credit securing payment. The Company performs ongoing
evaluations of its customers financial condition and
periodically reviews credit risk associated with receivables.
For sales with customers outside the U.S. (see
Note 10Business Segment and Geographic Information),
the Company also obtains credit risk insurance to minimize
credit risk exposure. An allowance for doubtful accounts is
determined with respect to receivable amounts that the Company
has determined to be doubtful of collection using specific
identification of doubtful accounts and an aging of receivables
analysis based on invoice due dates. Actual collection losses
may differ from managements estimates, and such
differences could be material to the financial position, results
of operations and cash flows. Uncollectible receivables are
written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when all
efforts to collect them have been exhausted while recoveries are
recognized when they are received.
Accounts receivable concentrations as of March 31, 2008
were represented by two different customers totaling
approximately 68%. Accounts receivable concentrations as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006 were represented by three
different customers totaling approximately 74% and 77%,
respectively.
Revenue from customers representing 10% or more of total revenue
varies from year to year. For the three months ended
March 31, 2008, Geida and its affiliated entities accounted
for approximately 49% of the Companys net revenue. For the
three months ended March 31, 2007, two customers, Inima
Servicios and Geida and its affiliated entities, accounted for
approximately 26% and 22% of the Companys net revenue,
respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2007, three
customers represented approximately 20%, 23% and 13% of the
Companys net revenue specifically Acciona
Water, Geida and its affiliated entities and Doosan Heavy
Industries, respectively. In 2006, two customers, GE Ionics and
Geida and its affiliated entities, accounted for approximately
18% and 11% of the Companys net revenue, respectively. In
2005, GE Ionics and Multiplex Degremont JV accounted for 19% and
17% of the Companys net revenue, respectively. No other
customer accounted for more than 10% of the Companys net
revenue during any of these periods.
Supplier
Concentration
Certain of the raw materials and components used by the Company
in the manufacture of its products are available from a limited
number of suppliers. Shortages could occur in these essential
materials and components due to an interruption of supply or
increased demand in the industry. If the Company were unable to
procure certain of such materials or components, it would be
required to reduce its manufacturing operations, which could
have a material adverse effect on its results of operations.
For the three months ended March 31, 2008, four suppliers
(of which three were ceramics suppliers) represented
approximately 73% of total purchases of the Company. As of
March 31, 2008, approximately 54% of the Companys
accounts payable were due to these suppliers.
For the three months ended March 31, 2007 and for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, three suppliers (of
which two were ceramics suppliers) represented approximately
69%, 66%, 71% and 62%, respectively, of the total purchases of
the Company. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006,
approximately 60% and 77%, respectively, of the Companys
accounts payable were due to these suppliers.
F-30
ENERGY
RECOVERY, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS(Continued)
12. Subsequent
Events
Facility
Lease
In February 2008, the Company entered into a facility lease
agreement for additional office space located in Oakland,
California. The lease agreement has an original term of two
years commencing on April 1, 2008.
Consulting
Agreement
In January 2008, the Company executed a consulting agreement
with a member of its board of directors for services related to
research and development of new technology. The board member
receives compensation of $8,000 per month.
Equity
Incentive Plan
In March 2008, the board of directors approved a 2008 Equity
Incentive Plan which will become effective immediately preceding
the effectiveness of this offering. There are 1,400,000 shares
of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, of
which 910,000 shares have been approved for issuance at an
exercise price equal to the initial public offering price upon
the effectiveness of this offering.
Authorized
Shares
In March 2008, the board of directors approved an increase in
the number of common shares authorized for issuance from
45,000,000 shares to 200,000,000 shares, effective immediately
prior to the completion of this offering.
F-31